TITLE 44—PUBLIC PRINTING AND DOCUMENTS
This title was enacted by Pub. L. 90–620, §1, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2017—Pub. L. 115–85, §2(a)(4), Nov. 21, 2017, 131 Stat. 1275, repealed Pub. L. 113–187, §9(f)(2). See 2014 Amendment note below.
2014—Pub. L. 113–187, §9(f)(2), Nov. 26, 2014, 128 Stat. 2014, which directed striking out "and by the Administrator of General Services" in item 29, was repealed by Pub. L. 115–85, §2(a)(4), (b), Nov. 21, 2017, 131 Stat. 1275, effective as if included in Pub. L. 113–187.
2002—Pub. L. 107–347, title I, §101(b), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2910, added item 36.
1993—Pub. L. 103–40, §2(b), June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 113, added item 41.
1990—Pub. L. 101–509, title IV, §1(d)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1419, added item 27.
1988—Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §204, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2531, added item 39.
1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §§102(c)(2), 107(b)(18)(B), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2283, 2290, substituted "National Archives and Records Administration" for "Archival Administration" in item 21, and inserted "the Archivist of the United States and by the" in item 29.
1980—Pub. L. 96–511, §2(b), Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2825, substituted "Information Policy" for "Reporting Services" in item 35.
1978—Pub. L. 95–591, §2(b)(1), Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2528, added item 22.
Pub. L. 95–378, §2(b), Sept. 22, 1978, 92 Stat. 723, struck out item 27 "Federal Records Council".
1974—Pub. L. 93–536, §2, Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735, substituted "National Historical Publications and Records Commission" for "National Historical Publications Commission" in item 25.
Title 44 Former Sections | Title 44 New Sections |
---|---|
1 | 101 |
2 | 102 |
4 | 103 |
5 | 509 |
6 | 510 |
7 | 511 |
8 | 512 |
9 | 513 |
10 | 514 |
11 | 515 |
12 | 516 |
13 | 517 |
14 | 504 |
15, 16 | Rep. |
31 | 301 |
32 | 304 |
33–35 | Rep. |
36 | 508 |
37, 38 | Rep. |
39 | 302 |
39a | 303 |
40 | 305 |
41 | 306 |
42 | 307 |
43–46 | Rep. |
47 | 316 |
48 | Elim. |
49 | 313 |
50, 51 | Rep. |
51a | Elim. |
52 | Elim. |
52a | 308 |
53 | T. 18 §442 |
54–57 | Rep. |
58 | 505 |
59 | 312 |
60 | Rep. |
61 | 315 |
62 | 314 |
63 | 309 |
63a | 309 |
64 | 311 |
71 | 1702 |
72 | 1705 |
72a | 1708 |
73 | 308, 1702 |
74 | 1703 |
75 | 1704 |
76 | 1710 |
77 | 1711 |
78 | 1720 |
79 | 1707 |
80 | 1713 |
81 | 1712 |
81a | 1901 |
81b | 1902 |
81c | 1914 |
82 | 1905 |
83 | 1904 |
84 | 1910 |
84a | 1912 |
85 | 1903, 1906 |
85a | 1913 |
86 | 1909 |
87 | 1907 |
87a | Rep. |
88 | 1908 |
89 | Elim. |
90 | Rep. |
91 | 1717 |
91a | 1716 |
92 | 1119, 1911 |
93 | 1721 |
94 | 1709 |
95 | 1701 |
96 | 1722 |
111 | 501 |
111a | 502 |
111b | 503 |
111c | Elim. |
112, 113 | Rep. |
114 | 1706 |
115 | 506, 507 |
116 | 501, 1123 |
117 | 1103 |
118 | 1104 |
119 | 1120 |
120 | Elim. |
121 | 1111 |
131 | 701 |
132 | 702 |
133 | 703 |
134 | 702 |
135 | 705 |
136 | 714 |
137 | 704 |
138 | 715 |
139 | 1718 |
139a | 1719 |
140 | 716 |
141 | 718 |
142 | 719 |
143 | 738 |
144 | 717 |
145 | Elim. |
146 | 734 |
147 | 713 |
148 | 720 |
149 | 721 |
150 | 722 |
151 | 723 |
152 | 724 |
153 | 725 |
154 | 726 |
155 | 727 |
156 | 1326 |
157 | 730 |
158 | 731 |
159 | 732 |
160 | 735 |
161 | 736 |
162 | 733 |
163 | 908 |
164 | Rep. |
165 | 739 |
166 | 740 |
167 | 741 |
168 | 737 |
169 | Elim. |
170 | 1333 |
181 | 901 |
182 | 902 |
182a | 903 |
182b | 904 |
182c | 905 |
183 | 906 |
184 | Rep. |
185 | 907 |
186 | Rep. |
187 | 909 |
188 | 910 |
189 | 706 |
189a | 707 |
190 | 708 |
191 | 709 |
191a | 710 |
192 | 711 |
193 | 712 |
194–196 | Rep. |
196a | 728 |
197 | 729 |
211 | 1101 |
212 (1st sent.) | 1115 |
212 (2d sent.) | 1114 |
213 (1st par.) | 1102 |
213 (2d par., 1st sent.) | 1116 |
213 (2d par., 2d sent., 1st cl.) | 1302 |
213 (2d par., 2d, 3d sents.) | 1308–1310, 1336 |
213 (3d par.) | 1116 |
213a | 1117 |
214 | 1107 |
215 | 1110 |
215a | 1714 |
216 | 1105 |
217 | 1715 |
218 | 1106 |
219 | 1102, 1113 |
219a | 1118 |
220 | 1108 |
221 | Rep. |
222 | 1112 |
223 | Rep. |
224 | 1109 |
225 | 1121 |
226 | Rep. |
227 | 1122 |
228, 229 | Elim. |
230 | 310 |
241 | 1301 |
242 | Rep. |
243 | 1303 |
244 | Rep. |
245 | 1304 |
246 | 1307 |
247 | Rep. |
248 | 1306 |
249 | 1328 |
250 | 1317 |
251, 252 | Rep. |
253 | 1313 |
254 | 1314 |
255, 256 | Rep. |
257 | Elim. |
258 | 1315 |
259 | 1316 |
260 | 1318 |
261 | 1319 |
262 | 1320 |
263 | 1312 |
265 | 1321 |
266 | 1322 |
267 | Elim. |
268 | Rep. |
269 | 1323 |
270 | 1324 |
271 | 1325 |
272 | 1327 |
273 | 1329 |
274 | Rep. |
275 | 1331 |
275a | Rep. |
275b | 1332 |
276 | Rep. |
276a | 1333 |
277 | Rep. |
278 | 1334 |
279 | 1335 |
279a | Rep. |
280, 280a | Rep. |
281, 282 | Rep. |
283 | 1337 |
283a | Rep. |
284 | 1338 |
285 | 1339 |
286, 287 | Rep. |
288 | 1340 |
289 | 1341 |
290 | 1342 |
291 | 1343 |
292 | Elim. |
293, 294 | Rep. |
295 | 1344 |
296 | Rep. |
296a | 1305 |
297 | 1311 |
298 | 1330 |
300–300f | Rep. |
300f–1 | Rep. |
300g, 300h | Rep. |
300h–1 | Rep. |
300i–300k | Rep. |
300aa | Rep. |
300bb | 2301 |
300cc | 2305 |
300dd | 2306 |
300ee | 2307 |
300ff | 2303 |
300gg | 2308 |
300hh | 2302 |
300ii | 2304 |
300jj | Rep. |
301 | 1502 |
302 | 1503 |
303 | 1504 |
304 | 1501 |
305 | 1505 |
306 | 1506 |
307 | 1507 |
308 | 1508 |
309 | 1509 |
310, 310a | Rep. |
311 | 1510 |
311a | Rep. |
312 | 1511 |
313, 314 | Rep. |
321 | 3701 |
322 | 3703 |
323 | Rep. |
324 | 3702 |
325 | 3703 |
326 | Rep. |
351–365 | Rep. |
366 | 3301 |
367 | 3302 |
368 | 3303 |
369 | 3304 |
370 | 3305 |
371 | 3306 |
372 | 3307 |
373 | 3308 |
374 | 3309 |
375 | 3310 |
376 | 3311 |
377 | Rep. |
378 | 3312 |
379 | 3313 |
380 | 3314 |
391 | 1506, 2108, 2301, 2501, 2902 |
392 | 2903 |
393(a) | 2501 |
393(b) | 2502 |
393(c) | 2503 |
393(d) | 2504 |
393(e) | 2505 |
393(f) | 2504 nt. |
393(g) | 2506 |
393(h) | 2507 |
394 | 2701 |
395(a) | 2904 |
395(b) | 2905 |
395(c) | 2906 |
395(d) | 2907 |
395(e) | 2908 |
395(f) | 2909 |
396(a) | 3101 |
396(b) | 3102 |
396(c) | 3103 |
396(d) | 3104 |
396(e) | 3105 |
396(f) | 3106 |
396(g) | 3107 |
396a | 2910 |
397(a) | 2103 |
397(b) | 2104 |
397(c) | 2105 |
397(d) | 2106 |
397(e) | 2107 |
397(f) | 2108 |
397(g) | Rep. |
397(h) | 2109 |
397(i) | 2110 |
397(j) | 2101 |
398 | 2111 |
399 | 2112 |
400 | 2113 |
401 | 2901 |
402 | 2114 |
421 | 3501 |
422(a) | 3503 |
422(b) | 3504 |
422(c) | 3505 |
422(d) | 3506 |
422(e) | 3507 |
423 | 3508 |
424 | 3509 |
425 | 3510 |
426 | 3502 |
427 | 3511 |
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in items 3 and 39 on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Enacting Clause
Section 1 of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238, provided in part: "That the general and permanent laws relating to public printing and documents are revised, codified, and enacted as title 44, United States Code, 'Public Printing and Documents', and may be cited as '44 U.S.C. §____' ".
Legislative Purpose; Inconsistent Provisions
Section 2(a) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: "The legislative purpose in enacting section 1 of this Act is to restate, without substantive change, the laws replaced by those sections on the effective date of this Act. Laws effective after January 14, 1968, that are inconsistent with this Act are considered as superseding it to the extent of the inconsistency."
References to Other Laws
Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: "A reference to a law replaced by section 1 of this Act, including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law, is deemed to refer to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act."
Outstanding Orders, Rules, and Regulations
Section 2(c) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: "An order, rule, or regulation in effect under a law replaced by section 1 of this Act shall continue in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded."
Savings Provision
Section 2(d) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, provided that: "An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by section 1 of this Act is deemed to have been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act."
Legislative Construction
Section 2(e) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, provided that: "An inference of a legislative construction is not to be drawn by reason of the location in the United States Code of a provision enacted by this Act or by reason of its caption or catchline."
Separability
Section 2(f) of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, provided that: "If a provision enacted by this Act is held invalid, all valid provisions that are severable from the invalid provision remain in effect. If a provision of this Act is held invalid in one or more of its applications, the provision remains in effect in all valid applications that are severable from the invalid application or applications."
Repeals
Pub. L. 107–217, §4, Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, repealed title V of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, as added by act Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, which was classified to sections 392 to 401 of title 44 prior to the enactment into positive law of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, by Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238. Section 3 of Pub. L. 90–620 repealed various laws and parts of laws, including section 6(d), but not title V.
Section 3 of Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1306, repealed the sections or parts thereof of the Revised Statutes or Statutes at Large codified in this title, except with respect to rights and duties that matured, penalties that were incurred, and proceedings that were begun, before October 22, 1968, and except as provided by section 2 of Pub. L. 90–620.
CHAPTER 1—JOINT COMMITTEE ON PRINTING
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§101. Joint Committee on Printing: membership
The Joint Committee on Printing shall consist of the chairman and four members of the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and the chairman and four members of the Committee on House Oversight of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238; Pub. L. 97–4, Feb. 17, 1981, 95 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §1 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §1, 28 Stat. 601; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title II, §222, 60 Stat. 838).
Last seven words in the statute, "who shall have the powers hereinafter stated", are omitted as unnecessary since the powers of the Committee are stated in other sections.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "House Oversight" for "House Administration".
1981—Pub. L. 97–4 substituted "four members" for "two members" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.
Short Title of 2023 Amendment
Pub. L. 118–31, div. E, title LIII, §5301, Dec. 22, 2023, 137 Stat. 940, provided that: "This title [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under section 3601 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Data Center Enhancement Act of 2023'."
Short Title of 2022 Amendment
Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LIX, §5921(a), Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3449, provided that: "This section [enacting and repealing sections 3607 to 3616 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3607 of this title and preceding section 101 of this title] may be cited as the 'FedRAMP Authorization Act'."
Pub. L. 117–222, §1, Dec. 5, 2022, 136 Stat. 2279, provided that: "This Act [amending provisions set out as a note under section 2107 of this title] may be cited as the 'Civil Rights Cold Case Investigations Support Act of 2022'."
Short Title of 2021 Amendment
Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XCVI, §9602(a), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4828, provided that: "This section [enacting section 2912 of this title, amending section 2901 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2912 of this title] may be cited as the 'Electronic Message Preservation Act'."
Short Title of 2019 Amendment
Pub. L. 115–435, title II, §201, Jan. 14, 2019, 132 Stat. 5534, provided that: "This title [enacting section 3520A of this title, amending sections 3502, 3504, 3506, 3511, and 3520 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3506 of this title and section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] may be cited as the 'Open, Public, Electronic, and Necessary Government Data Act' or the 'OPEN Government Data Act'."
Pub. L. 115–435, title III, §301, Jan. 14, 2019, 132 Stat. 5544, provided that: "This title [enacting subchapter III of chapter 35 of this title, amending section 402 of Title 13, Census, section 176a of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 6302 and 6314 of Title 49, Transportation, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3561 of this title, amending provisions set out as a note under section 20155 of Title 49, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 3501 of this title] may be cited as the 'Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act of 2018'."
Short Title of 2018 Amendment
Pub. L. 115–120, div. A, §1, Jan. 22, 2018, 132 Stat. 28, provided that: "This division [amending section 1506 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1506 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Register Printing Savings Act of 2017'."
Pub. L. 115–114, §1, Jan. 10, 2018, 131 Stat. 2278, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 3559 of this title] may be cited as the 'Connected Government Act'."
Short Title of 2017 Amendment
Pub. L. 115–85, §1, Nov. 21, 2017, 131 Stat. 1274, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 2902, 2904, 2906, and 3102 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Agency Mail Management Act of 2017'."
Short Title of 2014 Amendment
Pub. L. 113–283, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3073, provided that: "This Act [enacting subchapter II of chapter 35 of this title, amending sections 143 and 511 of Title 6, Domestic Security, sections 2222, 2223, and 2315 of Title 10, Armed Forces, and sections 278g–3, 278g–4, and 7406 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, repealing subchapters II and III of chapter 35 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 3553 and 3554 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Information Security Modernization Act of 2014'."
Pub. L. 113–187, §1(a), Nov. 26, 2014, 128 Stat. 2003, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 2208, 2209, and 2911 of this title, amending sections 2107, 2111, 2114 to 2116, 2201, 2203 to 2205, 2207, 2901, 2902, 2904 to 2907, 3102 to 3106, 3301 to 3303a, and 3312 of this title, repealing sections 3315 to 3324 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2108 and 2207 of this title] may be cited as the 'Presidential and Federal Records Act Amendments of 2014'."
Short Title of 2008 Amendment
Pub. L. 110–404, §1, Oct. 13, 2008, 122 Stat. 4281, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 2120 of this title, amending sections 2112, 2501, and 2504 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2107, 2112, 2120, 2501, 2504, and 2505 of this title] may be cited as the 'Presidential Historical Records Preservation Act of 2008'."
Short Title of 2004 Amendment
Pub. L. 108–383, §1, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2218, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 2119 of this title, amending sections 2112, 2504, 2903, 2909, and 3303a of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 2901 of this title] may be cited as the 'National Archives and Records Administration Efficiency Act of 2004'."
Short Title of 2002 Amendments
Pub. L. 107–347, §1(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2899, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'E-Government Act of 2002'."
Pub. L. 107–347, title III, §301(a), Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2946, provided that: "This title [enacting subchapter III of chapter 35 of this title, amending sections 3504 to 3506 of this title, section 2224 of Title 10, Armed Forces, sections 278g–3 and 278g–4 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 11331 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, repealing section 11332 of Title 40, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3501 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 3531 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002'."
[For another Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002, see section 1001(a) of Pub. L. 107–296, title X, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 6, Domestic Security.]
Pub. L. 107–198, §1, June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 729, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 3520 of this title, amending sections 3504 and 3506 of this title, renumbering former section 3520 of this title as section 3521, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 601 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] may be cited as the 'Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002'."
Short Title of 2000 Amendment
Pub. L. 106–444, §1, Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1929, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 2910 of this title] may be cited as the 'Freedmen's Bureau Records Preservation Act of 2000'."
Short Title of 1995 Amendment
Pub. L. 104–13, §1, May 22, 1995, 109 Stat. 163, provided that: "This Act [enacting chapter 35 of this title, amending section 91 of Title 13, Census, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 3501 of this title] may be cited as the 'Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995'."
Short Title of 1993 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–40, §1, June 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 112, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 4101 to 4104 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 4101 and 4103 of this title] may be cited as the 'Government Printing Office Electronic Information Access Enhancement Act of 1993'."
Short Title of 1988 Amendments
Pub. L. 100–504, title II, §201, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2530, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 3901 to 3904 of this title and provisions set out as notes under section 3901 of this title] may be cited as the 'Government Printing Office Inspector General Act of 1988'."
Pub. L. 100–365, §1, July 13, 1988, 102 Stat. 823, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 2501, 2503, and 2504 of this title] may be cited as the 'National Historical Publications and Records Commission Amendments of 1988'."
Short Title of 1986 Amendments
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VIII, §801], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783-335, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VIII, §801], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341-335, provided that: "This title [amending sections 3501 to 3507, 3511, 3514, and 3520 of this title and sections 751, 757, and 759 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3503 of this title and section 757 of former Title 40, amending provisions set out as a note under section 3503 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 759 of former Title 40] may be cited as the 'Paperwork Reduction Reauthorization Act of 1986'."
Pub. L. 99–323, §1, May 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 495, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 2101 and 2112 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2112 of this title] may be cited as the 'Presidential Libraries Act of 1986'."
Short Title of 1984 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–497, §1, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 2103 to 2106 of this title and provisions set out as notes under this section and section 2102 of this title, redesignating existing sections 2103 to 2114 as sections 2107 to 2118 of this title, amending sections 710, 711, 729, 1501 to 1503, 1506, 1714, 2101, 2102, 2107 to 2118, 2204, 2205, 2301 to 2305, 2307, 2501, 2504, 2506, 2901 to 2909, 3102 to 3106, 3302 to 3303a, 3308, 3310, 3311, 3504, and 3513 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 2111 of this title, sections 106a, 106b, 112, 113, and 201 of Title 1, General Provisions, sections 6 and 11 to 13 of Title 3, The President, sections 141 to 145 of Title 4, Flag and Seal, Seat of Government, and the States, sections 552a and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 199a of Title 25, Indians, and repealing section 2507 of this title] may be cited as the 'National Archives and Records Administration Act of 1984'."
Short Title of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–511, §1, Dec. 11, 1980, 94 Stat. 2812, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 3501 to 3520 of this title, amending sections 2904 and 2905 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organizations and Employees, section 1221–3 of Title 20, Education, section 1211 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining, and section 292h of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, omitting former sections 3501 to 3512 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 3501 and 3503 of this title] may be cited as the 'Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980'."
Short Title of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–591, §1, Nov. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 2523, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 2201 to 2207 of this title, amending sections 2111 and 2112 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2201 of this title] may be cited as the 'Presidential Records Act of 1978'."
Short Title of 1976 Amendment
Pub. L. 94–575, §1, Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2723, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 2107, 2112, 2115, 2116, 2901, 2902, 2904, 2906, 2907, 3102, 3103, 3107, 3301, and 3302 of this title, repealing section 2910 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2901 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976'."
Short Title of 1974 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–526, title II, §201, Dec. 19, 1974, 88 Stat. 1698, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 3315 to 3324 of this title] may be cited as the 'Public Documents Act'."
Short Title
Chapter 35 of this title is popularly known as the "Paperwork Reduction Act".
§102. Joint Committee on Printing: succession; powers during recess
The members of the Joint Committee on Printing who are reelected to the succeeding Congress shall continue as members of the committee until their successors are chosen. The President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall, on the last day of a Congress, appoint members of their respective Houses who have been elected to the succeeding Congress to fill vacancies which may then be about to occur on the Committee, and the appointees and members of the Committee who have been reelected shall continue until their successors are chosen.
When Congress is not in session, the Joint Committee may exercise all its powers and duties as when Congress is in session.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1238.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §2 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 962; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).
Changes are made in phraseology.
§103. Joint Committee on Printing: remedial powers
The Joint Committee on Printing may use any measures it considers necessary to remedy neglect, delay, duplication, or waste in the public printing and binding and the distribution of Government publications.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §4 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012; Mar. 1, 1919, ch. 86, §11, 40 Stat. 1270).
Only that portion of section 11 of the 1919 Act that precedes the proviso is included in this section. The balance is incorporated in section 501 of this revision.
Changes are made in phraseology.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Procurement of Services of Consultants
Pub. L. 95–94, title I, Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 669, as amended by Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided in part: "That, effective October 1, 1977, the Joint Committee is authorized (1) to procure the temporary or intermittent services of individual consultants, or organizations thereof, in the same manner and under the same conditions as a standing committee of the Senate may procure such services under subsection (i) of section 202 of the Legislative Reorganization Act of 1946, as amended [section 4301(i) of Title 2, The Congress], and (2) with the prior consent of the agency concerned, to use on a reimbursable basis the services of personnel, information, and facilities of any such agency: Provided further, That, prior to the employment of any consultants or the procurement of services by contract relative to any review and analysis of the operation of the Government Publishing Office, the Joint Committee shall consult with the Legislative Branch Appropriations Subcommittees of the House and Senate; and that periodic reports on the progress of any such review and analysis be submitted to the Joint Committee on Printing and the Legislative Branch Appropriations Subcommittees of the House and Senate."
Prior similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 94–303, title I, June 1, 1976, 90 Stat. 616.
CHAPTER 3—GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(e)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Deputy Public Printer" in items 302 and 303.
Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in items 301 and 303 to 307.
2011—Pub. L. 111–350, §5(m)(1), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3853, substituted "subtitle I of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41" for "the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act" in item 311.
2003—Pub. L. 108–83, title I, §1302(b), Sept. 30, 2003, 117 Stat. 1034, added item 318.
1999—Pub. L. 106–57, title II, §210(c), Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 425, inserted "; small purchase threshold" after "authority" in item 311.
1985—Pub. L. 99–151, title III, §305(b)(2), Nov. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 808, inserted "; contract negotiation authority" in item 311.
1975—Pub. L. 94–82, title II, §204(c)(2), Aug. 9, 1975, 89 Stat. 421, substituted "pay" for "compensation" in item 303.
1974—Pub. L. 93–459, §1(b), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1385, substituted "Disbursing officer; deputy disbursing officer; certifying officers and employees." for "Disbursing officer: continuation and settlement of accounts during vacancy in office; responsibility for accounts; disbursements for Superintendent of Documents." in item 308.
1972—Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(a)(3), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204, struck out "; bond" in item 301.
1970—Pub. L. 91–359, §1(b), July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 668, added item 317.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(a), (b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§301. Director of the Government Publishing Office: appointment
(a) The President of the United States shall nominate and, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint a suitable person to take charge of and manage the Government Publishing Office. The title shall be Director of the Government Publishing Office.
(b) The Director shall be appointed for a term of 10 years.
(c) An individual appointed to the position of Director, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, may be reappointed to that position in accordance with subsections (a) and (b).
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(a)(1), (2), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), (g), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538; Pub. L. 117–213, §1(a), Oct. 17, 2022, 136 Stat. 2251.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §31 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §17, 28 Stat. 603; June 12, 1917, ch. 27, §1, 40 Stat. 173; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1299; May 29, 1928, ch. 909, 45 Stat. 1006).
Changes are made in phraseology.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2022—Pub. L. 117–213 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(g), struck out ", who must be a practical printer and versed in the art of bookbinding," after "suitable person" and substituted "The" for "His".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out "; bond" in section catchline, and provisions from text which required the Public Printer to give a bond in the sum of $25,000.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(d), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that: "Any reference in any law other than in title 44, United States Code, or in any rule, regulation, certificate, directive, instruction, or other official paper in force on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 16, 2014] to the Public Printer shall be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Government Publishing Office."
Application of 2022 Amendment to Incumbent
Pub. L. 117–213, §1(b), Oct. 17, 2022, 136 Stat. 2251, provided that: "If there is an individual serving in the position of Director of the Government Publishing Office, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 2022]—
"(1) the amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to the appointment of such individual; and
"(2) the term of the individual for purposes of subsection (b) of section 301 of title 44, United States Code, as added by subsection (a), shall be considered to have started on the date on which the individual assumed the office of Director of the Government Publishing Office."
§302. Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office: appointment; duties
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall appoint a suitable person to be the Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office. The Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office shall supervise the buildings occupied by the Government Publishing Office and perform any other duties required by the Director of the Government Publishing Office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), (e), (h), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §39 (May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382).
Phraseology is changed to conform with section 301 of this revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(h), in first sentence, struck out ", who must be a practical printer and versed in the art of bookbinding," after "suitable person" and, in second sentence, substituted "The Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "He" and "and perform" for ", and perform" and struck out "perform the duties formerly required of the chief clerk," after "shall" and "of him" after "required".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(e), substituted "Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Deputy Public Printer" in section catchline and the first place appearing in text.
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(2), which directed amendment of this section by substituting "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline, was not executed to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the subsequent amendment by section 1301(e)(2) of Pub. L. 113–235. See 2014 Amendment note above.
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places in text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(f), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2538, provided that: "Any reference in any law other than in title 44, United States Code, or in any rule, regulation, certificate, directive, instruction, or other official paper in force on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 16, 2014] to the Deputy Public Printer shall be considered to refer and apply to the Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office."
§303. Director of the Government Publishing Office and Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office: pay
The annual rate of pay for the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level II of the Executive Schedule under subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 5. The annual rate of pay for the Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level III of such Executive Schedule.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 94–82, title II, §204(c)(1), Aug. 9, 1975, 89 Stat. 421; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §209, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; Pub. L. 108–83, title I, §1301(a), Sept. 30, 2003, 117 Stat. 1033; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), (e), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §39a (Pub. L. 88–426, title II, §203(c), (d), Aug. 14, 1964, 78 Stat. 415, as amended Pub. L. 90–206, title II, §219(2), (3), Dec. 16, 1967, 81 Stat. 639.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Levels II and III of the Executive Schedule, referred to in text, are set out in sections 5313 and 5314, respectively, of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(e), substituted "Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Deputy Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
2003—Pub. L. 108–83 reenacted section catchline without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The annual rate of pay for the Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level III of the Executive Schedule of subchapter II of chapter 53 of Title 5. The annual rate of pay for the Deputy Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level IV of such Executive Schedule."
1990—Pub. L. 101–520 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "The annual rate of pay for the Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 5. The annual rate of pay for the Deputy Public Printer shall be a rate which is equal to the rate for level V of such Executive Schedule."
1975—Pub. L. 94–82 substituted "pay" for "compensation" in section catchline, and substituted provisions setting the rate of pay for the Public Printer at a rate equal to the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule and the rate of pay for Deputy Public Printer at a rate equal to the rate for level V of such Schedule for provisions setting the compensation of the Public Printer and the Deputy Public Printer at the rate of $28,750 and $27,500 per annum, respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2003 Amendment
Pub. L. 108–83, title I, §1301(b), Sept. 30, 2003, 117 Stat. 1033, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on the first day of the first applicable pay period beginning on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 30, 2003]."
Salary Increases
1987—Salaries of Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively to $77,500 and $72,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2, The Congress.
1977—Salaries of the Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively to $50,000 and $47,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.
1969—Salaries of the Public Printer and Deputy Public Printer increased respectively from $28,750 and $27,500 to $38,000 and $36,000 per annum, commencing on the first day of the pay period which begins after Feb. 14, 1969, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.
§304. Director of the Government Publishing Office: vacancy in office
In case of the death, resignation, absence, or sickness of the Director of the Government Publishing Office, the Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office shall perform the duties of the Director of the Government Publishing Office until a successor is appointed or the Director's absence or sickness ceases; but the President may direct any other officer of the Government, whose appointment is vested in the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to perform the duties of the vacant office until a successor is appointed, or the sickness or absence of the Director of the Government Publishing Office ceases. A vacancy occasioned by death or resignation may not be filled temporarily under this section for longer than ten days, and a temporary appointment, designation, or assignment of another officer may not be made except to fill a vacancy happening during a recess of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), (e)(1), (i)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §32 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §36, 28 Stat. 606; May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(1), substituted "or the Director's" for "or his".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(e)(1), substituted "Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Deputy Public Printer".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and wherever appearing in text.
§305. Director of the Government Publishing Office: employees; pay
(a) The Director of the Government Publishing Office may employ journeymen, apprentices, laborers, and other persons necessary for the work of the Government Publishing Office at rates of wages and salaries, including compensation for night and overtime work, the Director considers for the interest of the Government and just to the persons employed, except as otherwise provided by this section. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may not employ more persons than the necessities of the public work require nor more than four hundred apprentices at one time. The minimum pay of journeymen printers, pressmen, and bookbinders employed in the Government Publishing Office shall be at the rate of 90 cents an hour for the time actually employed. Except as provided by the preceding part of this section the rate of wages, including compensation for night and overtime work, for more than ten employees of the same occupation shall be determined by a conference between the Director of the Government Publishing Office and a committee selected by the trades affected, and the rates and compensation so agreed upon shall become effective upon approval by the Joint Committee on Printing. When the Director of the Government Publishing Office and the committee representing the trade fail to agree as to wages, salaries, and compensation, either party may appeal to the Joint Committee on Printing, and the decision of the Joint Committee is final. The wages, salaries, and compensation so determined are not subject to change oftener than once a year.
(b) The Director of the Government Publishing Office may grant an employee paid on an annual basis compensatory time off from duty instead of overtime pay for overtime work.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 91–167, Dec. 26, 1969, 83 Stat. 453; Pub. L. 91–369, July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 693; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), (i)(2), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §40 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§39, 49, 50, 28 Stat. 607, 608; June 6, 1900, ch. 791, §1, 31 Stat. 643; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 299, §1, 35 Stat. 1021, 1024; Aug. 24, 1912, ch. 355, §1, 37 Stat. 482; July 8, 1918, ch. 139, §1, 40 Stat. 836; Aug. 2, 1919, ch. 30, 41 Stat. 272; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; June 7, 1924, ch. 354, §1, 43 Stat. 658).
Last sentence of this section was deleted as executed.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(2), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(2), substituted "the Director considers" for "he considers" and "The Director of the Government Publishing Office may not" for "He may not".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in three places.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1970—Pub. L. 91–369 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1969—Pub. L. 91–167 substituted "four hundred" for "two hundred" as the number of apprentices which the Public Printer may employ at one time.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in subsec. (a) on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Repeals
General repealer of provisions inconsistent with Pub. L. 92–392 as not repealing or affecting this section, see section 13 of Pub. L. 92–392, set out as a note under section 5341 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Voluntary Separation Incentives
Pub. L. 105–275, title III, §309, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2454, as amended by Pub. L. 107–68, title II, §210(a), Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 590; Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title IX, §1926(a), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 172; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (d), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(A) voluntarily separates from service on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] and before October 1, 2004; and
"(B) on such date of separation—
"(i) has completed 25 years of service as defined under section 8331(12) or 8401(26) of title 5, United States Code; or
"(ii) has completed 20 years of such service and is at least 50 years of age.
"(2) Notwithstanding any provision of chapter 83 or 84 of title 5, United States Code, an employee described under paragraph (1) is entitled to an annuity which shall be computed consistent with the provisions of law applicable to annuities under section 8336(d) or 8414(b) of title 5, United States Code.
"(c)
"(A) a reemployed annuitant under subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, or another retirement system for employees of the Government;
"(B) an employee having a disability on the basis of which such employee is or would be eligible for disability retirement under any of the retirement systems referred to in subparagraph (A); or
"(C) an employee who is employed on a temporary when actually employed basis.
"(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in order to avoid or minimize the need for involuntary separations due to a reduction in force, reorganization, transfer of function, or other similar action affecting the agency, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall establish a program under which voluntary separation incentive payments may be offered to encourage eligible employees to separate from service voluntarily (whether by retirement or resignation) during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] through September 30, 2004.
"(3) Such voluntary separation incentive payments shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of section 5597(d) of title 5, United States Code. Any such payment shall not be a basis of payment, and shall not be included in the computation, of any other type of Government benefit.
"(4)(A) Not later than January 15, 1999, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall submit a plan described under subparagraph (C) to the Joint Committee on Printing (or any applicable successor committees).
"(B) No voluntary separation incentive payment may be paid under this section unless the Director of the Government Publishing Office submits a plan described under subparagraph (C) to the Joint Committee on Printing (or any applicable successor committees) and the Joint Committee on Printing approves the plan (or such successor committees approve the plan).
"(C) The plan referred to under subparagraph (B) shall include—
"(i) the positions and functions to be reduced or eliminated, identified by organizational unit, occupational category, and pay or grade level;
"(ii) the number and amounts of voluntary separation incentive payments to be offered; and
"(iii) a description of how the Government Publishing Office will operate without the eliminated positions and functions.
"[(5) Repealed. Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title IX, §1926(a), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 172.]
"(6)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), an employee who has received a voluntary separation incentive payment under this section and accepts employment with the Government of the United States within 5 years after the date of the separation on which the payment is based shall be required to repay the entire amount of the incentive payment to the agency that paid the incentive payment.
"(B)(i) If the employment is with an Executive agency (as defined by section 105 of title 5, United States Code), the Director of the Office of Personnel Management may, at the request of the head of the agency, waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.
"(ii) If the employment is with an entity in the legislative branch, the head of the entity or the appointing official may waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.
"(iii) If the employment is with the judicial branch, the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts may waive the repayment if the individual involved possesses unique abilities and is the only qualified applicant available for the position.
"(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A) (but not subparagraph (B)), the term 'employment' includes employment under a personal services contract with the United States.
"(7) Not later than January 15, 1999, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall prescribe regulations to carry out this subsection.
"(d)
"(A) means an employee of the Government Publishing Office; and
"(B) shall not include—
"(i) a reemployed annuitant under subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, or another retirement system for employees of the Government; or
"(ii) an employee who is employed on a temporary when actually employed basis.
"(2) The Director of the Government Publishing Office may establish a program to provide retraining, job placement, and counseling services to employees and former employees.
"(3) A former employee may not participate in a program established under this subsection, if—
"(A) the former employee was separated from service with the Government Publishing Office for more than 1 year; or
"(B) the separation was by removal for cause on charges of misconduct or delinquency.
"(4) Retraining costs for the program established under this subsection may not exceed $5,000 for each employee or former employee.
"(e)
"(A) may use employees of the Government Publishing Office to establish and administer programs and carry out the provisions of this section; and
"(B) may procure temporary and intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, to carry out such provisions—
"(i) not subject to the 1 year of service limitation under such section 3109(b); and
"(ii) at rates for individuals which do not exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of such title.
"(2) Funds to carry out subsections (a) and (c) may be expended only from funds available for the basic pay of the employee who is receiving the applicable payment.
"(3) Funds to carry out subsection (d) may be expended from any funds made available to the Director of the Government Publishing Office."
[Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title IX, §1926(b), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 172, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 309 of Pub. L. 105–275, set out above] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Legislative Branch Appropriations Act, 1999 [Pub. L. 105–275]."]
[Pub. L. 107–68, title II, §210(b), Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 590, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending section 309 of Pub. L. 105–275, set out above] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Legislative Branch Appropriations Act, 1999 [Pub. L. 105–275]."]
§306. Director of the Government Publishing Office: employment of skilled workmen; trial of skill
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall employ workmen who are thoroughly skilled in their respective branches of industry, as shown by trial of their skill under the direction of the Director.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), (i)(3), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §41 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §45, 28 Stat. 607).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(3), substituted "the direction of the Director" for "his direction".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
§307. Director of the Government Publishing Office: night work
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall cause the public printing in the Government Publishing Office to be done at night as well as through the day, when the exigencies of the public service require it.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §42 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §47, 28 Stat. 607).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§308. Disbursing officer; deputy disbursing officer; certifying officers and employees
(a) The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall appoint from time to time a disbursing officer of the Government Publishing Office (including the Office of the Superintendent of Documents) who shall be under the direction of the Director of the Government Publishing Office. The disbursing officer shall (1) disburse moneys of the Government Publishing Office only upon, and in strict accordance with, vouchers certified by the Director of the Government Publishing Office or by an officer or employee of the Government Publishing Office authorized in writing by the Director of the Government Publishing Office to certify such vouchers, (2) make such examination of vouchers as may be necessary to ascertain whether they are in proper form, certified, and approved, and (3) be held accountable accordingly. However, the disbursing officer shall not be held accountable or responsible for any illegal, improper, or incorrect payment resulting from any false, inaccurate, or misleading certificate, the responsibility for which, under subsection (c) of this section, is imposed upon a certifying officer or employee of the Government Publishing Office.
(b)(1) Upon the death, resignation, or separation from office of the disbursing officer, the accounts of the disbursing officer may be continued, and payments and collection may be made in the name of the disbursing officer, by any individual designated as a deputy disbursing officer by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, for a period of time not to extend beyond the last day of the second month following the month in which the death, resignation, or separation occurred. Accounts and payments shall be allowed, audited, and settled, and checks signed in the name of the former disbursing officer by a deputy disbursing officer shall be honored in the same manner as if the former disbursing officer had continued in office.
(2) A former disbursing officer of the Government Publishing Office or the estate of the disbursing officer may not be subject to any legal liability or penalty for the official accounts or defaults of the deputy disbursing officer acting in the name or in the place of the former disbursing officer. Each deputy disbursing officer is responsible for accounts entrusted to the deputy disbursing officer under paragraph (1) of this subsection, and the deputy disbursing officer is liable for any default occurring during the service of the deputy disbursing officer under such paragraph.
(c)(1) The Director of the Government Publishing Office may designate in writing officers and employees of the Government Publishing Office to certify vouchers for payment from appropriations and funds. Such officers and employees shall (A) be responsible for the existence and correctness of the facts recited in the certificate or other voucher or its supporting papers and for the legality of the proposed payment under the appropriation or fund involved, (B) be responsible and accountable for the correctness of the computations of certified vouchers, and (C) be accountable for, and required to make restitution to, the United States for the amount of any illegal, improper, or incorrect payment resulting from any false, inaccurate, or misleading certificate made by such officer or employee, as well as for any payment prohibited by law or which did not represent a legal obligation under the appropriation or fund involved. However, the Comptroller General of the United States, may, at the discretion of the Comptroller General, relieve such certifying officer or employee of liability for any payment otherwise proper whenever the Comptroller General finds that (i) the certification was based on the official records and that such certifying officer or employee did not know, and by reasonable diligence and inquiry could not have ascertained, the actual facts, or (ii) when the obligation was incurred in good faith, the payment was not contrary to any statutory provision specifically prohibiting payments of the character involved, and the United States has received value for such payment. The Comptroller General shall relieve such certifying officer or employee of liability for an overpayment for transportation services made to any common carrier covered by section 3726 of title 31, whenever the Comptroller General finds that the overpayment occurred solely because the administrative examination made prior to payment of the transportation bill did not include a verification of transportation rates, freight classifications, or land grant deductions.
(2) The liability of such certifying officers or employees shall be enforced in the same manner and to the same extent as provided by law with respect to the enforcement of the liability of disbursing and other accountable officers. Such certifying officers and employees shall have the right to apply for and obtain a decision by the Comptroller General on any question of law involved in a payment on any vouchers presented to them for certification.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §210(b), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 204; Pub. L. 93–459, §1(a), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1384; Pub. L. 95–473, §2(a)(5), Oct. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 1466; Pub. L. 97–258, §3(m)(1), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1066; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(4), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§52a, 63, 73 (part) (June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770; Feb. 20, 1923, ch. 98, 42 Stat. 1278; Pub. L. 86–31, May 26, 1959, 73 Stat. 60).
The last paragraph of this section is from former section 73; the remainder of that section will be found in section 1702 of the revision.
Paragraph (a) deleted as executed.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(4)(A), substituted "the accounts of the disbursing officer" for "his accounts" and "the name of the disbursing officer" for "his name".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(4)(B), substituted "the estate of the disbursing officer" for "his estate", "to the deputy disbursing officer" for "to him", and "the service of the deputy disbursing officer" for "his service".
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(4)(C), substituted "by such officer or employee" for "by him", "the discretion of the Comptroller General" for "his discretion", and in two places "whenever the Comptroller General" for "whenever he".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1982—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97–258 substituted "section 3726 of title 31" for "section 244 of title 31".
1978—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 95–473 substituted "section 244 of title 31" for "section 66 of title 49".
1974—Pub. L. 93–459 substituted "Disbursing officer; deputy disbursing officer; certifying officers and employees" for "Disbursing officer: continuation and settlement of accounts during vacancy in office; responsibility for accounts; disbursements for Superintendent of Documents" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–459 added subsec. (a). Former subsec. (a) redesignated (b)(1).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 93–459 redesignated provisions of former subsec. (a) as subsec. (b)(1) and substituted "by any individual designated as a deputy disbursing officer by the Public Printer" for "by the deputy disbursing officer or officers designated by the Public Printer".
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 93–459 redesignated provisions of former subsec. (b) as subsec. (b)(2) and substituted "paragraph (1) of this subsection" for "subsection (a) of this section", and "under such paragraph" for "under subsection (a) of this section".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–459 added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c), relating to disbursements on account of salaries or other expenses of the office of the Superintendent of Documents, was struck out.
1972—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions which related to sureties on official bonds.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in subsecs. (a), (b)(2), and (c)(1) on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§309. Revolving fund for operation and maintenance of Government Publishing Office: capitalization; reimbursements and credits; accounting and budgeting; reports
(a) The revolving fund of $1,000,000 established July 1, 1953, is available without fiscal year limitation, for—
the operation and maintenance of the Government Publishing Office (except for those programs of the Superintendent of Documents which are funded by specific appropriations), including rental of buildings;
attendance at meetings;
maintenance and operation of the emergency room;
uniforms or uniform allowances;
boots, coats, and gloves;
repairs and minor alterations to buildings; and
expenses authorized in writing by the Joint Committee on Printing for inspection of Government printing activities.
In addition, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall provide capital for the fund by capitalizing, at fair and reasonable values as jointly determined by the Director and the Comptroller General, the current inventories, plant, and building appurtenances, except building structures and land, equipment, and other assets of the Government Publishing Office.
(b) The fund shall be—
(1) reimbursed for the cost of all services and supplies furnished, including those furnished other appropriations of the Government Publishing Office, at rates which include charges for overhead and related expenses, depreciation of plant and building appurtenances, except building structures and land, and equipment, and accrued leave; and
(2) credited with all receipts including sales of Government publications, waste, condemned, and surplus property and with payments received for losses or damage to property.
(c) An adequate system of accounts for the fund shall be maintained on the accrual method, and financial reports prepared on the basis of the accounts. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall prepare and submit an annual business-type budget program for the operations under this fund. This budget program shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31.
(d) The Inspector General of the Government Publishing Office shall audit the financial and operational activities of the Government Publishing Office each year. The audits shall be conducted under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing. For purposes of the audits, the Inspector General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Publishing Office as the Inspector General considers appropriate. The Inspector General shall furnish reports of the audits to the Congress and the Director of the Government Publishing Office.
(e) The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall prepare an annual financial statement meeting the requirements of section 3515(b) of title 31, United States Code. Each financial statement shall be audited in accordance with applicable generally accepted Government auditing standards—
(1) by an independent external auditor selected by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, or
(2) at the request of the Joint Committee on Printing, by the Inspector General of the Government Publishing Office.
(f) The Comptroller General of the United States may audit the financial statement prepared under subsection (e) at the discretion of the Comptroller General or at the request of the Joint Committee on Printing. An audit by the Comptroller General shall be in lieu of the audit otherwise required by that subsection.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1241; Pub. L. 93–604, title VII, §707, Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1965; Pub. L. 97–258, §3(m)(2), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1066; Pub. L. 100–458, title III, §310, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2184; Pub. L. 101–163, title III, §309, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1065; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §207, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; Pub. L. 103–69, title II, §207(a), Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §123(a), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3839; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(5), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2538.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §63, 63a (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §101, 67 Stat. 330; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 568, §101, 69 Stat. 519; June 27, 1956, ch. 453, §101, 70 Stat. 369); §63a (July 28, 1967, Pub. L. 90–57, §101 (part), 81 Stat. 141).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(5)(A), substituted "by the Director" for "by him" in concluding provisions.
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in concluding provisions.
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(5)(B), substituted "the discretion of the Comptroller General" for "his or her discretion".
1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–316, §123(a)(1), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "The Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once every 3 years and shall furnish reports of such audits to the Congress and the Public Printer. For these purposes the Comptroller General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Printing Office as he considers necessary."
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 104–316, §123(a)(2), added subsecs. (e) and (f).
1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–69 substituted "shall be—" for "shall be:" in introductory provisions, inserted "and" at end of par. (1), substituted a period for "; and" at end of par. (2), and struck out par. (3) which read as follows: "charged with payment into miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury of that part of the receipts from the sales of Government publications required by law."
1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–520 substituted "uniforms or uniform allowances" for "uniforms, or allowances therefor, as authorized by section 5901 of Title 5".
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–163 struck out "not to exceed $3,000 in any fiscal year" after "attendance at meetings".
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(a), substituted in the first sentence "(except for those programs of the Superintendent of Documents which are funded by specific appropriations)," for ", except the Office of Superintendent of Documents".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(b), substituted "This budget program shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31." for "The Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once in every three years and shall furnish reports of such audits to the Congress and the Public Printer. For these purposes the Comptroller General shall have such access to the records, files, personnel, and facilities of the Government Printing Office as he considers necessary."
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–458, §310(c), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "Commencing with the fiscal year 1969, the annual business-type budget for the fund shall be considered and enacted as prescribed by section 9104 of title 31."
1982—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–258 substituted "section 9104 of title 31" for "section 849 of title 31".
1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–604 substituted provisions that the Comptroller General shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office at least once in every three years and furnish reports of the audits to the Congress and the Public Printer for provisions that the General Accounting Office shall audit the activities of the Government Printing Office and furnish an audit report annually to the Congress and the Public Printer.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in section catchline and subsecs. (a), (b)(1), (d), and (e)(2) on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1993 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–69, title II, §207(c), Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 708, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1708 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1993."
Termination of Reporting Requirements
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which the 23rd item on page 4 identifies a reporting provision which, as subsequently amended, is contained in subsec. (d) of this section), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Federal Register Program; Use of Revolving Fund; Reimbursement
Title II of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189, to be effective as if enacted into law, provided in part: "That hereafter the revolving fund shall be available to finance the costs of printing and binding all other publications of the Federal Register program and be reimbursed from appropriated funds available therefor".
§310. Payments for printing, binding, blank paper, and supplies
An executive department or independent establishment of the Government ordering printing and binding or blank paper and supplies from the Government Publishing Office shall pay promptly by check to the Director of the Government Publishing Office upon the written request of the Director, either in advance or upon completion of the work, all or part of the estimated or actual cost, as the case may be, and bills rendered by the Director of the Government Publishing Office are not subject to audit or certification in advance of payment. Adjustments on the basis of the actual cost of delivered work paid for in advance shall be made monthly or quarterly and as may be agreed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office and the department or establishment concerned.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1241; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(6), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2539.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §230 (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §101, 67 Stat. 331).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(6), substituted "the written request of the Director" for "his written request".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§311. Purchases exempt from subtitle I of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41; contract negotiation authority; small purchase threshold
(a) Purchases may be made from appropriations under the "Government Publishing Office" without reference to subtitle I of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41 concerning purchases for the Federal Government.
(b) In addition to the authority to negotiate otherwise provided by law, the Director of the Government Publishing Office may negotiate purchases and contracts for supplies or services for which the Director of the Government Publishing Office determines that it is impracticable to secure competition by advertising. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may not award a contract under this subsection unless the Director justifies the use of negotiation in writing and certifies the accuracy and completeness of the justification. The justification shall set out facts and circumstances that clearly and convincingly establish that advertising would not be practicable for such contract. Such a justification is final and a copy thereof shall be maintained in the Government Publishing Office for at least 6 years after the date of the determination. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may designate one or more employees of the Government Publishing Office to carry out this subsection.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, section 6101(b) to (d) of title 41 shall apply with respect to purchases and contracts for the Government Publishing Office as if the reference to "$25,000" in clause (1) of such section were a reference to "$100,000".
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 99–151, title III, §305(a), (b)(1), Nov. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 106–57, title II, §210(a), (b), Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 425; Pub. L. 107–217, §3(l)(1), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1301; Pub. L. 111–350, §5(m)(2), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3853; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(7), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2539.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §64 (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §102, 67 Stat. 332).
Reference to Printing Act of 1895 deleted as superseded by section 309.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(7), substituted "the Director justifies" for "he justifies".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
2011—Pub. L. 111–350, §5(m)(2)(A), substituted "subtitle I of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41" for "the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–350, §5(m)(2)(B), substituted "division C (except sections 3302, 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41" for "title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.)".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–350, §5(m)(2)(C), substituted "section 6101(b) to (d) of title 41" for "section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 5)".
2002—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–217 substituted "subtitle I of title 40 and title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.)" for "the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act, approved June 30, 1949, as amended,".
1999—Pub. L. 106–57, §210(b), inserted "; small purchase threshold" after "authority" in section catchline.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–57, §210(a), added subsec. (c).
1985—Pub. L. 99–151, §305(b)(1), inserted "; contract negotiation authority" in section catchline.
Pub. L. 99–151, §305(a), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" wherever appearing in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§312. Machinery, material, equipment, or supplies from other Government agencies
An officer of the Government having machinery, material, equipment, or supplies for printing, binding, and blank-book work, including lithography, photolithography, and other processes of reproduction, no longer required or authorized for the service of such officer, shall submit a detailed report of them to the Director of the Government Publishing Office. The Director of the Government Publishing Office, with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, may requisition such articles as are serviceable in the Government Publishing Office, and they shall be promptly delivered to that office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(8), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2539.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §59 (July 19, 1919, ch. 24, §3, 41 Stat. 233).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(8), substituted "the service of such officer" for "his service".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§313. Examining boards: paper; bindery materials; machinery
The Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office, the superintendent of printing, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall constitute a board to examine and report in writing on paper delivered under contract, or by purchase or otherwise, at the Government Publishing Office.
The Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office, the superintendent of binding, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing shall constitute a board to examine and report in writing on material, except paper, for the use of the bindery.
The Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office, the superintendent of printing, and a person designated by the Joint Committee on Printing shall constitute a board of condemnation, who, upon the call of the Director of the Government Publishing Office, shall determine the condition of presses and other machinery and material used in the Government Publishing Office, with a view to condemnation.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (e)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §49 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §20, 28 Stat. 603; May 27, 1908, ch. 200, §1, 35 Stat. 382; June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 509).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(e)(1), substituted "Deputy Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Deputy Public Printer" wherever appearing.
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§314. Inks, glues, and other supplies furnished to other Government agencies: payment
Inks, glues, and other supplies manufactured by the Government Publishing Office in connection with its work may be furnished to departments and other establishments of the Government upon requisition, and payment made from appropriations available.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §62 (June 30, 1932, ch. 314; pt. I, §1, 47 Stat. 397).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§315. Branches of Government Publishing Office; limitations
Money appropriated by any Act may not be used for maintaining more than one branch of the Government Publishing Office in any one building occupied by an executive department of the Government, and a branch of the Government Publishing Office may not be established unless specifically authorized by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §61 (Aug. 1, 1914, ch. 223, §1, 38 Stat. 673).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in section catchline and text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§316. Detail of employees of Government Publishing Office to other Government establishments
An employee of the Government Publishing Office may not be detailed to duties not pertaining to the work of public printing and binding in an executive department or other Government establishment unless expressly authorized by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1242; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §47 (June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in section catchline and text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§317. Special policemen
The Director of the Government Publishing Office or a delegate of the Director may designate employees of the Government Publishing Office to serve as special policemen to protect persons and property in premises and adjacent areas occupied by or under the control of the Government Publishing Office. Under regulations to be prescribed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, employees designated as special policemen are authorized to bear and use arms in the performance of their duties; make arrest for violations of laws of the United States, the several States, and the District of Columbia; and enforce the regulations of the Director of the Government Publishing Office, including the removal from Government Publishing Office premises of individuals who violate such regulations. The jurisdiction of special policemen in premises occupied by or under the control of the Government Publishing Office and adjacent areas shall be concurrent with the jurisdiction of the respective law enforcement agencies where the premises are located.
(Added Pub. L. 91–359, §1(a), July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 668; amended Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), (i)(9), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, 2539.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(i)(9), substituted "a delegate of the Director" for "his delegate".
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§318. Transfer of surplus property; acceptance of voluntary services
(a) The Director of the Government Publishing Office may—
(1) transfer or donate surplus Government publications and condemned Government Publishing Office machinery, material, equipment, and supplies to—
(A) other Federal entities;
(B) any organization described under section 501(c)(3) or (4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from taxation under 501(a) of such Code; or
(C) State or local governments; and
(2) accept voluntary and uncompensated services, notwithstanding section 1342 of title 31.
(b) Individuals providing voluntary and uncompensated services under subsection (a)(2) shall not be considered Federal employees, except for purposes of chapter 81 of title 5 (relating to compensation for work injuries) and chapter 171 of title 28 (relating to tort claims).
(Added Pub. L. 108–83, title I, §1302(a), Sept. 30, 2003, 117 Stat. 1033; amended Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in introductory provisions.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in subsec. (a)(1) on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
CHAPTER 5—PRODUCTION AND PROCUREMENT OF PRINTING AND BINDING
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in item 502.
1976—Pub. L. 94–553, §105(a)(2), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2599, struck out "; copyright" after "plates" in item 505.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in item 501 on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§501. Government printing, binding, and blank-book work to be done at Government Publishing Office
All printing, binding, and blank-book work for Congress, the Executive Office, the Judiciary, other than the Supreme Court of the United States, and every executive department, independent office and establishment of the Government, shall be done at the Government Publishing Office, except—
(1) classes of work the Joint Committee on Printing considers to be urgent or necessary to have done elsewhere; and
(2) printing in field printing plants operated by an executive department, independent office or establishment, and the procurement of printing by an executive department, independent office or establishment from allotments for contract field printing, if approved by the Joint Committee on Printing.
Printing or binding may be done at the Government Publishing Office only when authorized by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111 and 116 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§86, 87, 28 Stat. 662; Mar. 1, 1919, ch. 86, §11, 40 Stat. 1270; July 5, 1949, ch. 296, 63 Stat. 405).
This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 116. The balance will be found in section 1123 of the revision.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in section catchline and text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Vegetable Ink Printing
Pub. L. 103–348, Oct. 6, 1994, 108 Stat. 3133, as amended by Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (d), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'Vegetable Ink Printing Act of 1994'."
"SEC. 2. FINDINGS AND PURPOSES.
"(a)
"(1) More than 95 percent of Federal printing involving documents or publications is performed using lithographic inks.
"(2) Various types of oil, including petroleum and vegetable oil, are used in lithographic ink.
"(3) Increasing the amount of vegetable oil used in a lithographic ink would—
"(A) help reduce the Nation's use of nonrenewable energy resources;
"(B) result in the use of products that are less damaging to the environment;
"(C) result in a reduction of volatile organic compound emissions; and
"(D) increase the use of renewable agricultural products.
"(4) The technology exists to use vegetable oil in lithographic ink and, in some applications, to use lithographic ink that uses no petroleum distillates in the liquid portion of the ink.
"(5) Some lithographic inks have contained vegetable oils for many years; other lithographic inks have more recently begun to use vegetable oil.
"(6) According to the Government Publishing Office, using vegetable oil-based ink appears to add little if any additional cost to Government printing.
"(7) Use of vegetable oil-based ink in Federal Government printing should further develop—
"(A) the commercial viability of vegetable oil-based ink, which could result in demand, for domestic use alone, for 2,500,000,000 pounds of vegetable crops or 500,000,000 pounds of vegetable oil; and
"(B) a product that could help the United States retain or enlarge its share of the world market for vegetable oil-ink.
"(b)
"(1) are technologically feasible, and
"(2) result in printing costs that are competitive with printing using petroleum-based inks.
"SEC. 3. FEDERAL PRINTING REQUIREMENTS.
"(a)
"(1) In the case of news ink, 40 percent.
"(2) In the case of sheet-fed ink, 20 percent.
"(3) In the case of forms ink, 20 percent.
"(4) In the case of heat-set ink, 10 percent.
"(b)
"(1)
"(A) the head of the agency determines, after consultation with the Director of the Government Publishing Office and within the 3-year period ending on the date of the commencement of the printing or the date of that procurement, respectively, that vegetable oil-based ink is not suitable to meet specific, identified requirements of the agency related to the printing; or
"(B) the Director of the Government Publishing Office determines—
"(i) within the 3-month period ending on the date of the commencement of the printing, in the case of printing of materials that are printed at intervals of less than 6 months, or
"(ii) before the date of the commencement of the printing, in the case of printing of materials that are printed at intervals of 6 months or more;
that the cost of performing the printing using vegetable oil-based ink is significantly greater than the cost of performing the printing using other available ink.
"(2)
"(c)
"(1) an executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government-controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency; and
"(2) an establishment or component of the legislative or judicial branch of the Government."
Government Publications: Printing; GPO Procurement; Executive Branch Procurement of Certain Kinds of Printing; "Printing" Defined
Pub. L. 102–392, title II, §207(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1719, as amended by Pub. L. 103–283, title II, §207, July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1440; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §1112(e)(1), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2683; Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title IX, §931(b)(4), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4575; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (d), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that:
"(1) None of the funds appropriated for any fiscal year may be obligated or expended by any entity of the executive branch for the procurement of any printing related to the production of Government publications (including printed forms), unless such procurement is by or through the Government Publishing Office.
"(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to (A) individual printing orders costing not more than $1,000, if the work is not of a continuing or repetitive nature, and, as certified by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, if the work is included in a class of work which cannot be provided more economically through the Government Publishing Office, (B) printing for the Central Intelligence Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency, National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, or the National Security Agency, or (C) printing from other sources that is specifically authorized by law.
"(3) As used in this section, the term 'printing' includes the processes of composition, platemaking, presswork, duplicating, silk screen processes, binding, microform, and the end items of such processes."
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §206, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; repealed by Pub. L. 102–392, title II, §207(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1720.
Pub. L. 101–163, title III, §308, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1065.
Pub. L. 100–458, title III, §309, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2184.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(i) [title III, §309], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–310.
§502. Procurement of printing, binding, and blank-book work by Director of the Government Publishing Office
Printing, binding, and blank-book work authorized by law, which the Director of the Government Publishing Office is not able or equipped to do at the Government Publishing Office, may be produced elsewhere under contracts made by him with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111a (Feb. 28, 1929, ch. 367, §1, 45 Stat. 1400).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Contract Goal for Disadvantaged Small Businesses in Printing-Related Services
Pub. L. 100–456, div. A, title VIII, §843, Sept. 29, 1988, 102 Stat. 2026, as amended by Pub. L. 101–574, title IV, §401, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2832; Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title VIII, §§801(h)(6), 806, Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2445, 2448, required the Public Printer to establish and carry out a test program for increasing its award of contracts to small and disadvantaged businesses for the printing, binding, and related services needed by the Department of Defense for solicitations issued before October 1, 2000.
§503. Printing in veterans' hospitals
(a) Notwithstanding section 501 of this title, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs may use the equipment described in subsection (b) for printing and binding that the Secretary finds advisable for the use of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
(b) The equipment referred to in subsection (a) is the printing and binding equipment that the various hospitals and homes of the Department of Veterans Affairs use for occupational therapy.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(r), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 282.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §111b (June 16, 1933, ch. 101, §1, 48 Stat. 302; Feb. 2, 1935, ch. 3, §1, 49 Stat. 18; Mar. 19, 1936, ch. 156, §1, 49 Stat. 1182).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1991—Pub. L. 102–54 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Notwithstanding section 501 of this title, the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs may utilize the printing and binding equipment that the various hospitals and homes of the Veterans' Administration use for occupational therapy, for printing and binding which he finds advisable for the use of the Veterans' Administration."
§504. Direct purchase of printing, binding, and blank-book work by Government agencies
The Joint Committee on Printing may permit the Director of the Government Publishing Office to authorize an executive department, independent office, or establishment of the Government to purchase direct for its use such printing, binding, and blank-book work, otherwise authorized by law, as the Government Publishing Office is not able or suitably equipped to execute or as may be more economically or in the better interest of the Government executed elsewhere.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §14 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §12, 28 Stat. 602; July 8, 1935, ch. 374, §1, 49 Stat. 475; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §3(10), 65 Stat. 708).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§505. Sale of duplicate plates
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall sell, under regulations of the Joint Committee on Printing to persons who may apply, additional or duplicate stereotype or electrotype plates from which a Government publication is printed, at a price not to exceed the cost of composition, the metal, and making to the Government, plus 10 per centum, and the full amount of the price shall be paid when the order is filed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 94–553, §105(a)(1), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2599; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §58 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §52, 28 Stat. 608).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1976—Pub. L. 94–553 struck out provision that a publication could not be copyrighted if it was reprinted from additional or duplicate plates purchased from the Government from which Government publications had been printed or if it was reprinted from other Government publications.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1976 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 94–553 effective Jan. 1, 1978, see section 102 of Pub. L. 94–553, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 17, Copyrights.
§506. Time for printing documents or reports which include illustrations or maps
A document or report to be illustrated or accompanied by maps may not be printed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office until the illustrations or maps designed for it are ready for publication.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §115 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §80, 28 Stat. 621).
This section incorporates only the first clause of former section 115. The balance will be found in section 507 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§507. Orders for printing to be acted upon within one year
An order for public printing may not be acted upon by the Director of the Government Publishing Office after the expiration of one year unless the entire copy and illustrations for the work have been furnished within that period.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §115 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §80, 28 Stat. 621).
This section incorporates only the second clause of former section 115. The balance will be found in section 506 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§508. Annual estimates of quantity of paper required for public printing and binding
At the beginning of each session of Congress, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall submit to the Joint Committee on Printing estimates of the quantity of paper of all descriptions required for the public printing and binding during the ensuing year.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §36 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §26, 28 Stat. 604).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§509. Standards of paper; advertisements for proposals; samples
The Joint Committee on Printing shall fix upon standards of paper for the different descriptions of public printing and binding, and the Director of the Government Publishing Office, under their direction, shall advertise in six newspapers or trade journals, published in different cities, for sealed proposals to furnish the Government with paper, as specified in the schedule to be furnished applicants by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, setting forth in detail the quality and quantities required for the public printing. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall furnish samples of the standard of papers fixed upon to applicants who desire to bid.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §5 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §3, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §1, 43 Stat. 1105).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
National Policy on Permanent Papers
Pub. L. 101–423, Oct. 12, 1990, 104 Stat. 912, as amended by Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (d), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, provided that:
"Whereas it is now widely recognized and scientifically demonstrated that the acidic papers commonly used for more than a century in documents, books, and other publications are self-destructing and will continue to self destruct;
"Whereas Americans are facing the prospect of continuing to lose national, historical, scientific, and scholarly records, including government records, faster than salvage efforts can be mounted despite the dedicated efforts of many libraries, archives, and agencies, such as the Library of Congress and the National Archives and Records Administration;
"Whereas nationwide hundreds of millions of dollars will have to be spent by the Federal, State, and local governments and private institutions to salvage the most essential books and other materials in the libraries and archives of government, academic, and private institutions;
"Whereas paper manufacturers can produce a sufficient supply of acid free permanent papers with a life of several hundred years, at prices competitive with acid papers, if publishers would specify the use of such papers, and some publishers and many university presses are already publishing on acid free permanent papers;
"Whereas most Government agencies do not require the use of acid free permanent papers for appropriate Federal records and publications;
"Whereas librarians, publishers, and other professional groups have urged the use of acid free permanent papers;
"Whereas even when books are printed on acid free permanent paper this fact is often not made known to libraries by notations in the book or by notations in standard bibliographic listings; and
"Whereas there is an urgent need to prevent the continuance of the acid paper problem in the future: Now, therefore, be it
"Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
"
"
"(1) Federal agencies require the use of acid free permanent papers for publications of enduring value produced by the Government Publishing Office or produced by Federal grant or contract, using the specifications for such paper established by the Joint Committee on Printing;
"(2) Federal agencies require the use of archival quality acid free papers for permanently valuable Federal records and confer with the National Archives and Records Administration on the requirements for paper quality;
"(3) American publishers and State and local governments use acid free permanent papers for publications of enduring value, in voluntary compliance with the American National Standard;
"(4) all publishers, private and governmental, prominently note the use of acid free permanent paper in books, advertisements, catalogs, and standard bibliographic listings; and
"(5) the Secretary of State, Librarian of Congress, Archivist of the United States, and other Federal officials make known the national policy regarding acid free permanent papers to foreign governments and appropriate international agencies since the acid paper problem is worldwide and essential foreign materials being imported by our libraries are printed on acid papers.
"
§510. Specifications in advertisements for paper
The advertisements for proposals shall specify the minimum portion of each quality of paper required for either three months, six months, or one year, as the Joint Committee on Printing determines; but when the minimum portion so specified exceeds, in any case, one thousand reams, it shall state that proposals will be received for one thousand reams or more.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1954 ed., §6 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §4, 28 Stat. 601).
§511. Opening bids; bonds
The sealed proposals to furnish paper and envelopes shall be opened in the presence of the Joint Committee on Printing who shall award the contracts to the lowest and best bidder for the interest of the Government. The committee 1 may not consider a proposal that is not accompanied by a bond with security or certified check in the amount of $5,000, guaranteeing that the bidder if his proposal is accepted, will enter into a formal contract with the United States to furnish the paper or envelopes specified. The Committee may not consider a proposal from a person unknown to it unless accompanied by satisfactory evidence that he is a manufacturer of or dealer in the description of paper or envelopes proposed to be furnished.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §7 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §5, 28 Stat. 602; June 16, 1938, ch. 477, §3, 52 Stat. 761).
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
§512. Approval of paper contracts; time for performance; bonds
A contract for furnishing paper is not valid until approved by the Joint Committee on Printing. The award of a contract for furnishing paper shall designate a reasonable time for its performance. The contractor shall give bond in an amount fixed and approved by the Committee.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1244.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §8 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §6, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).
§513. Comparison of paper and envelopes with standard quality
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall compare every lot of paper and envelopes delivered by a contractor with the standard of quality fixed upon by the Joint Committee on Printing, and may not accept paper or envelopes which do not conform to it in every particular. A lot of delivered paper or envelopes which does not conform to the standard of quality may be accepted by the Committee at a discount that in its opinion is sufficient to protect the interests of the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §9 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §7, 28 Stat. 602; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VIII, §13, 49 Stat. 1553).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§514. Determination of quality of paper
The Joint Committee on Printing shall determine differences of opinion between the Director of the Government Publishing Office and a contractor for paper respecting the paper's quality; and the decision of the Committee is final as to the United States.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §10 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §8, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§515. Default of contractor; new contracts and purchase in open market
If a contractor fails to comply with his contract, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall report the default to the Joint Committee on Printing, and under its direction, enter into a new contract with the lowest, best, and most responsible bidder for the interest of the Government among those whose proposals were rejected at the last opening of bids, or he shall advertise for new proposals, under the regulations provided by sections 509–517 of this title. During the interval that may thus occur he may, under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, purchase in open market, at the lowest market price, paper necessary for the public printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §11 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §9, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§516. Liability of defaulting contractor
Upon failure to furnish paper, a contractor and his sureties shall be responsible for any increase of cost to the Government in procuring a supply of the paper consequent upon his default. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall report every default, with a full statement of all the facts in the case, to the General Counsel for the Department of the Treasury, who shall prosecute the defaulting contractor and his sureties upon their bond in the district court of the United States in the district in which the defaulting contractor resides.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §12 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §10, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §512(b), 48 Stat. 759).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§517. Purchase of paper in open market
The Joint Committee on Printing may authorize the Director of the Government Publishing Office to purchase paper in open market when they consider the quantity required so small or the want so immediate as not to justify advertisement for proposals.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1245; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §13 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §11, 28 Stat. 602; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §6, 39 Stat. 1121).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
CHAPTER 7—CONGRESSIONAL PRINTING AND BINDING
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in item 710.
1996—Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(4)(B), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751, substituted "Senators" for "Members of Congress" in item 735.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§701. "Usual number" of documents and reports; distribution of House and Senate documents and reports; binding; reports on private bills; number of copies printed; distribution
(a) The order by either House of Congress to print a document or report shall signify the "usual number" of copies for binding and distribution among those entitled to receive them. A greater number may not be printed unless ordered by either House, or as provided by this section. When a special number of a document or report is ordered printed, the usual number shall also be printed, unless already ordered.
(b) The "usual number" of documents and reports shall be one thousand six hundred and eighty-two copies, which shall be printed at one time and distributed as follows:
Of the House documents and reports, unbound—to the Senate document room, one hundred and fifty copies; to the office of the Secretary of the Senate, ten copies; to the House document room, not to exceed five hundred copies; to the office of the Clerk of the House of Representatives, twenty copies; to the Library of Congress, ten copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title.
Of the Senate documents and reports, unbound—to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty copies; office of the Secretary of the Senate, ten copies; to the House document room, not to exceed five hundred copies; to the Clerk's office of the House of Representatives, ten copies; to the Library of Congress, ten copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title.
(c) Of the number printed, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall bind a sufficient number of copies for distribution as follows:
Of the House documents and reports, bound—to the Senate library, fifteen copies; to the Library of Congress, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies, as provided by section 1718 of this title; to the House of Representatives library, fifteen copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, as many copies as are required for distribution to the State libraries and designated depositories.
Of the Senate documents and reports, bound—to the Senate library, fifteen copies; to the Library of Congress, copies as provided by sections 1718 and 1719 of this title; to the House of Representatives library, fifteen copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, as many copies as may be required for distribution to State libraries and designated depositories. In binding documents the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall give precedence to those that are to be distributed to libraries and to designated depositories. But a State library or designated depository entitled to documents that may prefer to have its documents in unbound form, may do so by notifying the Superintendent of Documents to that effect prior to the convening of each Congress.
(d) The usual number of reports on private bills, concurrent or simple resolutions, may not be printed. Instead there shall be printed of each Senate report on a private bill, simple or concurrent resolution, in addition to those required to be furnished the Library of Congress, three hundred and forty-five copies, which shall be distributed as follows: to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty copies; to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies; to the House document room, one hundred copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies; and of each House report on a private bill, simple or concurrent resolution, in addition to those for the Library of Congress, two hundred and sixty copies, which shall be distributed as follows: to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies; to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies; to the House document room, one hundred copies; to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.
This section does not prevent the binding of all Senate and House reports in the reserve volumes bound for and delivered to the Senate and House libraries, nor abridge the right of the Vice President, Senators, Representatives, Resident Commissioner, Secretary of the Senate, and Clerk of the House to have bound in half morocco, or material not more expensive, one copy of every public document to which he may be entitled. At least twelve copies of each report on bills for the payment or adjudication of claims against the Government shall be kept on file in the Senate document room.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1246; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §131 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §54, 28 Stat. 608; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; Jan. 20, 1905, ch. 50, §1, 33 Stat. 610; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §2, 35 Stat. 566; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 317, 35 Stat. 1067; June 25, 1910, ch. 439, 36 Stat. 868; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §§6, 7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Congressional Printing and Binding Services For the House of Representatives—Appropriations and Study
Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(2) [title I, §111], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-110, provided that:
"(a)
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(b)
"(1)
"(2)
"(c)
"(1) Authorized printing and binding for the Congress and the distribution of congressional information in any format.
"(2) Preparing the semimonthly and session index to the Congressional Record.
"(3) Printing and binding of Government publications authorized by law to be distributed to Members of Congress.
"(4) Printing, binding, and distribution of Government publications authorized by law to be distributed without charge to the recipient."
§702. Extra copies of documents and reports
Copies in addition to the "usual number" of documents and reports shall be printed promptly when ready for publication, and may be bound in paper or cloth as the Joint Committee on Printing directs.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1247.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §§132, 134 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§2, 73, 28 Stat. 601, 612, Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).
§703. Printing extra copies
Orders for printing copies in addition to the "usual number", otherwise than provided for by this section, shall be by simple, concurrent, or joint resolution. Either House may print extra copies to the amount of $1,200 by simple resolution; if the cost exceeds that sum, the printing shall be ordered by concurrent resolution, unless the resolution is self-appropriating, when it shall be by joint resolution. Resolutions, when presented to either House, shall be referred to the Committee on House Oversight of the House of Representatives or the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate, who, in making their report, shall give the probable cost of the proposed printing upon the estimate of the Director of the Government Publishing Office; and extra copies may not be printed before the committee has reported. The printing of additional copies may be performed upon orders of the Joint Committee on Printing within a limit of $700 in cost in any one instance.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1247; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(2), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §133 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 72, 63 Stat. 48).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "House Oversight" for "House Administration".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 6, 1999.
§704. Reprinting bills, laws, and reports from committees not exceeding fifty pages
When the supply is exhausted, the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives may order the reprinting of not more than one thousand copies of a pending bill, resolution, or public law, not exceeding fifty pages, or a report from a committee or congressional commission on pending legislation not accompanied by testimony or exhibits or other appendices and not exceeding fifty pages. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall require each requisition for reprinting to cite the specific authority of law for its execution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §137 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§705. Duplicate orders to print
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall examine the orders of the Senate and House of Representatives for printing, and in case of duplication shall print under the first order received.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §135 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §53, 28 Stat. 608).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§706. Bills and resolutions: number and distribution
There shall be printed of each Senate and House public bill and joint resolution six hundred and twenty-five copies, which shall be distributed as follows:
to the Senate document room, two hundred and twenty-five copies;
to the office of Secretary of Senate, fifteen copies;
to the House document room, three hundred and eighty-five copies.
There shall be printed of each Senate private bill, when introduced, when reported, and when passed, three hundred copies, which shall be distributed as follows:
to the Senate document room, one hundred and seventy copies;
to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;
to the House document room, one hundred copies;
to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.
There shall be printed of each House private bill, when introduced, when reported, and when passed two hundred and sixty copies, which shall be distributed as follows:
to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies;
to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;
to the House document room, one hundred copies;
to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.
Bills and resolutions shall be printed in bill form, and, unless specially ordered by either House shall be printed only when referred to a committee, when favorably reported back, and after their passage by either House.
Of concurrent and simple resolutions, when reported, and after their passage by either House, only two hundred and sixty copies shall be printed, except by special order, and shall be distributed as follows:
to the Senate document room, one hundred and thirty-five copies;
to the Secretary of the Senate, fifteen copies;
to the House document room, one hundred copies;
to the Superintendent of Documents, ten copies.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §189 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §55, 28 Stat. 609; Jan. 20, 1905, ch. 50, §2, 33 Stat. 611).
§707. Bills and resolutions: style and form
Subject to sections 205 and 206 of Title 1, the Joint Committee on Printing may authorize the printing of a bill or resolution, with index and ancillaries, in the style and form the Joint Committee on Printing considers most suitable in the interest of economy and efficiency, and to so continue until final enactment in both Houses of Congress. The committee may also curtail the number of copies of bills or resolutions, including the slip form of a public Act or public resolution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1248.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §189a (June 13, 1934, ch. 483, §3, 48 Stat. 948).
§708. Bills and resolutions: binding sets for Congress
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall bind four sets of Senate and House of Representatives bills, joint and concurrent resolutions of each Congress, two for the Senate and two for the House, to be furnished him from the files of the Senate and House document room, the volumes when bound to be kept there for reference.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §190 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §82, 28 Stat. 622).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§709. Public and private laws, postal conventions, and treaties
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall print in slip form copies of public and private laws, postal conventions, and treaties, to be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the number and distribution of copies.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §191 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609; July 10, 1952, ch. 632, §7, 66 Stat. 541).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§710. Copies of Acts furnished to Director of the Government Publishing Office
The Archivist of the United States shall furnish to the Director of the Government Publishing Office a copy of every Act and joint resolution, as soon as possible after its approval by the President, or after it has become a law under the Constitution without his approval.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §191a (R.S. §210; June 20, 1874, ch. 328, 18 Stat. 88; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950; 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "Archivist of the United States" for "Administrator of General Services".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§711. Printing Acts, joint resolutions, and treaties
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, on receiving from the Archivist of the United States a copy of an Act or joint resolution, or from the Secretary of State, a copy of a treaty, shall print an accurate copy and transmit it in duplicate to the Archivist of the United States or to the Secretary of State, as the case may be, for revision. On the return of one of the revised duplicates, he shall make the marked corrections and print the number specified by section 709 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §192 (R.S. §3805; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "Archivist of the United States" for "Administrator of General Services" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§712. Printing of postal conventions
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, on receiving from the Postmaster General a copy of a postal convention between the Postmaster General, on the part of the United States, and an equivalent officer of a foreign government, shall print an accurate copy and transmit it in duplicate to the Postmaster General. On the return of one of the revised duplicates, he shall make the marked corrections and print the number specified by section 709 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §193 (R.S. §3806; June 20, 1874, ch. 328, §1, 18 Stat. 88; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §56, 28 Stat. 609).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Office of Postmaster General of Post Office Department abolished and functions, powers, and duties of Postmaster General transferred to United States Postal Service by Pub. L. 91–375, §4(a), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 773, set out as a note under section 201 of Title 39, Postal Service.
§713. Journals of Houses of Congress
There shall be printed of the Journals of the Senate and House of Representatives eight hundred and twenty copies, which shall be distributed as follows:
to the Senate document room, ninety copies for distribution to Senators, and twenty-five additional copies;
to the Senate library, ten copies;
to the House document room, three hundred and sixty copies for distribution to Members, and twenty-five additional copies;
to the Department of State, four copies;
to the Superintendent of Documents, one hundred and forty-four copies to be distributed to three libraries in each of the States to be designated by the Superintendent of Documents; and
to the Library of the House of Representatives, ten copies.
The remaining number of the Journals of the Senate and House of Representatives, consisting of twenty-five copies, shall be furnished to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively, as the necessities of their respective offices require, as rapidly as signatures are completed for distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1249; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §158, Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 47.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §147 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §57, 28 Stat. 609; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–164 substituted "eight hundred and twenty" for "eight hundred and twenty-two" as total number of Journals printed and struck out provision that directed that two copies be distributed to the Court of Claims.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
§714. Printing documents for Congress in two or more editions; printing of full number and allotment of full quota
The Joint Committee on Printing shall establish rules to be observed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, by which public documents and reports printed for Congress, or either House, may be printed in two or more editions, to meet the public requirements. The aggregate of the editions may not exceed the number of copies otherwise authorized. This section does not prevent the printing of the full number of a document or report, or the allotment of the full quota to Senators and Representatives, as otherwise authorized, when a legitimate demand for the full complement is known to exist.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §136 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 14, 34 Stat. 826).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§715. Senate and House documents and reports for Department of State
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall print, in addition to the usual number, and furnish the Department of State twenty copies of each Senate and House of Representatives document and report.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §138 (Feb. 7, 1896, No. 14, 29 Stat. 463).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§716. Printing of documents not provided for by law
Either House may order the printing of a document not already provided for by law, when accompanied by an estimate from the Director of the Government Publishing Office as to the probable cost. An executive department, bureau, board, or independent office of the Government submitting reports or documents in response to inquiries from Congress shall include an estimate of the probable cost of printing to the usual number. This section does not apply to reports or documents not exceeding fifty pages.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §140 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§717. Appropriation chargeable for printing of document or report by order of Congress
The cost of the printing of a document or report printed by order of Congress which, under section 1107 of this title, cannot be properly charged to another appropriation or allotment of appropriation already made, upon order of the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be charged to the allotment of appropriation for printing and binding for Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §144 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).
§718. Lapse of authority to print
The authority to print a document or report, or a publication authorized by law to be printed, for distribution by Congress, shall lapse when the whole number of copies has not been ordered within two years from the date of the original order, except orders for subsequent editions, approved by the Joint Committee on Printing, in which case the whole number may not exceed that originally authorized by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §141 (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §5, 34 Stat. 1014).
§719. Classification and numbering of publications ordered printed by Congress; designation of publications of departments; printing of committee hearings
Publications ordered printed by Congress, or either House, shall be in four series, namely:
one series of reports made by the committees of the Senate, to be known as Senate reports;
one series of reports made by the committees of the House of Representatives, to be known as House reports;
one series of documents other than reports of committees, the orders for printing which originate in the Senate, to be known as Senate documents; and
one series of documents other than committee reports, the orders for printing which originate in the House of Representatives, to be known as House documents.
The publications in each series shall be consecutively numbered, the numbers in each series continuing in unbroken sequence throughout the entire term of a Congress, but these provisions do not apply to the documents printed for the use of the Senate in executive session. Of the "usual number", the copies which are intended for distribution to State libraries and other designated depositories of annual or serial publications originating in or prepared by an executive department, bureau, office, commission, or board may not be numbered in the document or report series of either House of Congress, but shall be designated by title and bound as provided by section 738 of this title; and the departmental edition, if any, shall be printed concurrently with the "usual number." Hearings of committees may be printed as congressional documents only when specifically ordered by Congress or either House.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1250.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §142 (Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §1, 35 Stat. 565).
§720. Senate and House Manuals
Each House may order printed as many copies as it desires, of the Senate Manual and of the Rules and Manual of the House of Representatives, even though the cost exceed $500.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §148 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617).
§721. Congressional Directory
(a) There shall be prepared under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing (1) a Congressional Directory, which shall be printed and distributed as early as practicable during the first session of each Congress and (2) a supplement to each Congressional Directory, which shall be printed and distributed as early as practicable during the second regular session of each Congress. The Joint Committee shall control the number and distribution of the Congressional Directory and each supplement.
(b) One copy of the Congressional Directory delivered to Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives (including Delegates and the Resident Commissioner) shall be bound in cloth and imprinted on the cover with the name of the Member. Copies of the Congressional Directory delivered to depository libraries may be bound in cloth. All other copies of the Congressional Directory shall be bound in paper and names shall not be imprinted thereon, except that copies printed for sale under section 722 may be bound in cloth.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §404, Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 682.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §149 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617; July 1, 1902, ch. 1351, 32 Stat. 583).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1977—Pub. L. 95–94 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions relating to distribution of initial and supplementary Directories for provisions requiring preparation of three editions of the Directory during the first session of each Congress and two editions during each second regular session of Congress, struck out provisions relating to distribution of the first edition and provisions relating to cloth binding for copies delivered to Senators and Representatives, and added subsec. (b).
§722. Congressional Directory: sale
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, under the direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, may print the current Congressional Directory for sale at a price sufficient to reimburse the expense of printing. The money derived from sales shall be paid into the Treasury and accounted for in his annual report to Congress, and sales may not be made on credit.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §150 (Jan. 12, 1895 ch. 23, §40, 28 Stat. 607).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§723. Memorial addresses: preparation; distribution
After the final adjournment of each session of Congress, there shall be compiled, prepared, printed with illustrations, and bound in cloth in one volume, in the style, form, and manner directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, without extra compensation to any employee, the legislative proceedings of Congress and the exercises at the general memorial services held in the House of Representatives during each session relative to the death of a Member of Congress or a former Member of Congress who served as Speaker, together with all relevant memorial addresses and eulogies published in the Congressional Record during the same session of Congress, and any other matter the Joint Committee considers relevant; and there shall be printed as many copies as needed to supply the total quantity provided for by this section, of which fifty copies, bound in full morocco, with gilt edges, suitably lettered as may be requested, shall be delivered to the family of the deceased, and the remaining copies shall be distributed as follows:
of all eulogies on deceased Members of Congress to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress, one copy;
of the eulogies on deceased Senators there shall be furnished two hundred and fifty copies for each Senator of the State represented by the deceased and twenty copies for each Representative from that State;
of the eulogies on a deceased Representative and Resident Commissioner two hundred and fifty copies for his successor in office; twenty copies for each of the other Representatives, or Resident Commissioner of the State, or insular possession represented by the deceased; and twenty copies for each Senator from that State.
The "usual number" of memorial addresses may not be printed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1251; Pub. L. 97–51, §101(c), Oct. 1, 1981, 95 Stat. 959.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §151 (Aug. 23, 1894, ch. 307, 28 Stat. 447; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title I, §1, 49 Stat. 1545).
Editorial Notes
Codification
The 1981 amendment by Pub. L. 97–51 is based on section 4 of House Resolution 23, Ninety–seventh Congress, Mar. 10, 1981, as enacted into permanent law by H.R. 4120, as reported July 9, 1981, and incorporated by reference in section 101(c) of Pub. L. 97–51, to be effective as if enacted into law.
Amendments
1981—Pub. L. 97–51 inserted "or a former Member of Congress who served as Speaker" after "relative to the death of a Member of Congress".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Restriction on Number of Bound Eulogies
Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: "Hereafter, appropriations for authorized printing and binding for Congress shall not be available under the authority of section 723 of title 44 of the United States Code for the printing, publication, and distribution of more than fifty bound eulogies to be delivered to the family of the deceased, and in the case of a deceased Senator or deceased Representative (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico), there shall be furnished to his successor in office two hundred and fifty copies."
§724. Memorial addresses: illustrations
The illustrations to accompany bound copies of memorial addresses delivered in Congress shall be made at the Bureau of Engraving and Printing and paid for out of the appropriation for that bureau, or, in the discretion of the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be obtained elsewhere by the Director of the Government Publishing Office and charged to the allotment for printing and binding for Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §152 (Mar. 4, 1921, ch. 161, §1, 41 Stat. 1431).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§725. Statement of appropriations; "usual number"
Of the statements of appropriations required to be prepared by section 105 of Title 2,1 there shall be printed, after the close of each regular session of Congress, the usual number of copies.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §153 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 958).
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 105 of Title 2, referred to in text, was editorially reclassified as section 4303 of Title 2, The Congress.
1 So in original. See References in Text note below.
§726. Printing for committees of Congress
A committee of Congress may not procure the printing of more than one thousand copies of a hearing, or other document germane thereto, for its use except by simple, concurrent, or joint resolution, as provided by section 703 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §154 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1012).
§727. Committee reports: indexing and binding
The Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives shall procure and file for the use of their respective House copies of all reports made by committees, and at the close of each session of Congress shall have the reports indexed and bound, one copy to be deposited in the library of each House and one copy in the committee from which the report emanates.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §155 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §83, 28 Stat. 622).
§728. United States Statutes at Large: distribution
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, after the final adjournment of each regular session of Congress, shall print and bind copies of the United States Statutes at Large, to be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the number and distribution of the copies.
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall print and, after the end of each calendar year, bind and deliver to the Superintendent of Documents a number of copies of the United States Treaties and Other International Agreements not exceeding the number of copies of the United States Statutes at Large required for distribution in the manner provided by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §196a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VI, §9, 49 Stat. 1551; June 16, 1938, ch. 477, §2, 52 Stat. 761; Sept. 23, 1950, ch. 1001, §4, 64 Stat. 980; July 10, 1952, ch. 632, §2, 66 Stat. 540).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Written Requests for Copies of United States Statutes at Large
Pub. L. 94–440, title X, Oct. 1, 1976, 90 Stat. 1459, provided that: "Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of copies of the United States Statutes at Large shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive copies of such document."
§729. United States Statutes at Large: references in margins
The Archivist of the United States shall include in the references in margins of the United States Statutes at Large the number of the bill or joint resolution (designating S. for Senate bill, H.R. for House bill, S.J. Res. for Senate joint resolution and H.J. Res. for House joint resolution, as the case may be) under which each Act was approved and became a law, the reference in the margins to be placed within brackets immediately under the date of the approval of the Act at the beginning of each Act as printed beginning with Volume 32 of the United States Statutes at Large.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1252; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §197 (Apr. 12, 1904, No. 20, 33 Stat. 589; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 20, §1, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1272).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "Archivist of the United States" for "Administrator of General Services".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§730. Distribution of documents to Members of Congress
When, in the division among Senators, and Representatives, of documents printed for the use of Congress there is an apportionment to each or either House in round numbers, the Director of the Government Publishing Office may not deliver the full number so accredited at the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, but only the largest multiple of the number constituting the full membership of that House, including the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and Clerk and Sergeant at Arms of the House, which is contained in the round numbers thus accredited to that House, so that the number delivered divides evenly and without remainder among the Members of the House to which they are delivered; and the remainder of the documents thus resulting shall be turned over to the Superintendent of Documents, to be distributed by him, first, to public and school libraries for the purpose of completing broken sets; second, to public and school libraries that have not been supplied with any portions of the sets, and, lastly, by sale to other persons; the libraries to be named to him by Senators and Representatives; and in this distribution the Superintendent of Documents, as far as practicable, shall make an equal allowance to each Senator and Representative.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(3), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §157 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §68, 28 Stat. 612; Apr. 6, 1904, ch. 862, 33 Stat. 159; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "and Sergeant at Arms" for ", Sergeant at Arms, and Doorkeeper".
§731. Allotments of public documents printed after expiration of terms of Members of Congress; rights of retiring Members to documents
The Congressional allotment of public documents, other than the Congressional Record, printed after the expiration of the term of office of the Vice President of the United States, or Senator, Representative, or Resident Commissioner, shall be delivered to his successor in office.
Unless the Vice President of the United States, a Senator, Representative, or Resident Commissioner, having public documents to his credit at the expiration of his term of office takes them prior to the 30th day of June next following the date of expiration, he shall forfeit them to his successor in office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §158 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §72, 28 Stat. 612; Mar. 18, 1924, ch. 60, 43 Stat. 24; June 18, 1934, ch. 606, §1, 48 Stat. 1017).
Words "or her" deleted by authority of Title 1, sec. 1—"words importing masculine gender may be applied to females".
§732. Time for distribution of documents by Members of Congress extended
Reelected Members may distribute public documents to their credit, or the credit of their respective districts in the Interior or other Departments and bureaus, and in the Government Publishing Office, during their successive terms and until their right to frank documents ends.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §159 (June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 62).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§733. Documents and reports ordered by Members of Congress; franks and envelopes for Members of Congress
The Director of the Government Publishing Office on order of a Member of Congress, on prepayment of the cost, may reprint documents and reports of committees together with the evidence papers submitted, or any part ordered printed by the Congress.
He may also furnish without cost to Members and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, blank franks printed on sheets and perforated, or singly at their option, for public documents. Franks shall contain in the upper left-hand corner the following words: "Public document. United States Senate" or "House of Representatives U.S." and in the upper right-hand corner the letters "U.S.S." or "M. C." Franks may also contain information relating to missing children as provided in section 3220 of title 39. But he may not print any other words except where it is desirable to affix the official title of a document. Other words printed on franks shall be at the personal expense of the Member or Resident Commissioner ordering them.
At the request of a Member of Congress or Resident Commissioner the Director of the Government Publishing Office may print upon franks or envelopes used for mailing public documents the facsimile signature of the Member or Resident Commissioner and a special request for return if not called for, and the name of the State or Commonwealth and county and city. The Member or Resident Commissioner shall deposit with his order the extra expense involved in printing these additional words.
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may also, at the request of a Member or Resident Commissioner, print on envelopes authorized to be furnished, the name of the Member or Resident Commissioner, and State or Commonwealth, the date, and the topic or subject matter, not exceeding twelve words.
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall deposit moneys accruing under this section in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the appropriation made for the working capital of the Government Publishing Office for the year in which the work is done. He shall account for them in his annual report to Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1253; Pub. L. 93–191, §8(a), Dec. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 745; Pub. L. 93–255, §2(b), Mar. 27, 1974, 88 Stat. 52; Pub. L. 99–87, §1(c)(2), Aug. 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 291; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §162 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §37, 28 Stat. 606; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 961; Jan. 30, 1904, ch. 39, 33 Stat. 9; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1300).
Section 893 of Title 48, U.S. Code, provides that: "The Resident Commissioner of Puerto Rico shall . . . be allowed the franking privilege granted Members of Congress."
By inference he should be included in section 733, since the franking privilege should include the means to use it.
Changes have been made in section 733 to include the Resident Commissioner as to printing of franks.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
1985—Pub. L. 99–87 inserted "Franks may also contain information relating to missing children as provided in section 3220 of title 39." before "But he may not print" in second par.
1974—Pub. L. 93–255 struck out "Postage paid by Congress." after "Public document." in second par.
1973—Pub. L. 93–191 substituted "Public document. Postage paid by Congress." for "Public document. Free." in second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1973 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–191 effective Dec. 18, 1973, see section 14 of Pub. L. 93–191, set out as a note under section 3210 of Title 39, Postal Service.
§734. Stationery and blank books for Congress
Upon requisition of the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall furnish stationery, blank books, tables, forms, and other necessary papers preparatory to congressional legislation, required for the official use of the Senate and the House of Representatives, or their committees and officers. This does not prevent the purchase by the officers of the Senate and House of Representatives of stationery and blank books necessary for sale to Senators and Members in the stationery rooms of the two Houses as provided by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §146 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Stationery room of House of Representatives redesignated Office Supply Service.
Transfer of Functions
Certain functions of Officers of House of Representatives transferred to Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services by section 7 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992. Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services replaced by Chief Administrative Officer of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
§735. Binding for Senators
Each Senator is entitled to the binding in half morocco, or material not more expensive, of one copy of each public document to which he is entitled, an account of which shall be kept by the Secretary of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(4)(A), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §160 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §2, 28 Stat. 601; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §1, 34 Stat. 1013).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–186, in section catchline, substituted "Senators" for "Members of Congress", and in text, substituted "Senator" for "Member of Congress" and struck out "and Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively" after "Secretary of the Senate".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Written Requests for Bound Copies of Documents
Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: "Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law appropriations for the binding of copies of public documents by Committees for distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) shall not be available for a Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive bound copies of any such documents."
§736. Binding at expense of Members of Congress
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may bind at the Government Publishing Office books, maps, charts, or documents published by authority of Congress, upon application of a Member of Congress, and payment of the actual cost of binding.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §171 (Dec. 10, 1877, ch. 6, 20 Stat. 5).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§737. Binding for Senate library
The Secretary of the Senate may make requisition upon the Director of the Government Publishing Office for the binding for the Senate library of books he considers necessary, at a cost not to exceed $200 per year.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §168 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 958).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§738. Binding of publications for distribution to libraries
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall supply the Superintendent of Documents with sufficient copies of publications distributed in unbound form, to be bound and distributed to the State libraries and other designated depositories for their permanent files. Every publication of sufficient size on any one subject shall be bound separately and receive the title suggested by the subject of the volume, and the others shall be distributed in unbound form as soon as printed. The library edition, as well as all other bound sets of congressional numbered documents and reports, shall be arranged in volumes and bound in the manner directed by the Joint Committee on Printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §143 (Jan. 15, 1908, No. 3, §2, 35 Stat. 566).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§739. Senate and House document rooms; superintendents
There shall be one document room of the Senate and one of the House of Representatives, to be designated, respectively, the "Senate and House document room." Each shall be in charge of a superintendent, who shall be appointed by the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House, respectively, together with the necessary assistants. The Senate document room shall be under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(5), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §165 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §60, 28 Stat. 610; Mar. 3, 1901, ch. 830, §1, 31 Stat. 962).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "Clerk" for "Doorkeeper".
§740. Senate Service Department and House Publications Distribution Service; superintendents
There shall be a Senate Service Department and a House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service in the charge of superintendents, appointed respectively by the Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives, together with the necessary assistants. Reports or documents to be distributed for the Senators and Representatives shall be folded and distributed from the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, unless otherwise ordered, and the respective superintendent shall notify each Senator and Representative in writing once every sixty days of the number and character of publications on hand and assigned to him for use and distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(6), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §166 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §71, 28 Stat. 612; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives" for "Doorkeeper of the House".
§741. Disposition of documents stored at Capitol
The Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate and the Clerk and Doorkeeper of the House of Representatives, at the convening in regular session of each successive Congress shall cause an invoice to be made of public documents stored in and about the Capitol, other than those belonging to the quota of Members of Congress, to the Library of Congress and the Senate and House libraries and document rooms. The superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service shall put the documents to the credit of Senators and Representatives in quantities equal in the number of volumes and as nearly as possible in value, to each Member of Congress, and the documents shall be distributed upon the orders of Senators and Representatives, each of whom shall be supplied by the superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service with a list of the number and character of the publications thus put to his credit, but before apportionment is made copies of any of these documents desired for the use of a committee of either House shall be delivered to the chairman of the committee.
Four copies of leather-bound documents shall be reserved and carefully stored, to be used in supplying deficiencies in the Senate and House libraries caused by wear or loss.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §167 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §63, 28 Stat. 611; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).
"Senate Service Department and House Folding Room" was substituted for "Senate and House folding rooms," and "superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House Folding Room" was substituted for "superintendents of the folding rooms" in view of act July 2, 1954, which redesignated the Senate Folding Room as the Senate Service Department.
Act July 2, 1954, provided in part that "hereafter" the Senate Folding Room should be known as the Senate Service Department.
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Abolition of Office of Doorkeeper
Office of Doorkeeper of House of Representatives abolished and functions transferred generally to Sergeant-at-Arms of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
CHAPTER 9—CONGRESSIONAL RECORD
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1974—Pub. L. 93–314, §1(c), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239, struck out "; subscription" in item 906, and substituted "subscriptions; sale of current, individual numbers and bound sets; postage rate" for "sale of current numbers and bound sets" in item 910.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
1 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 108–102 without corresponding amendment of analysis.
§901. Congressional Record: arrangement, style, contents, and indexes
The Joint Committee on Printing shall control the arrangement and style of the Congressional Record, and while providing that it shall be substantially a verbatim report of proceedings, shall take all needed action for the reduction of unnecessary bulk. It shall provide for the publication of an index of the Congressional Record semimonthly during and at the close of sessions of Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1255.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §181 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §13, 28 Stat. 603).
§902. Congressional Record: Indexes
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall prepare the semimonthly and the session index to the Congressional Record. The Joint Committee on Printing shall direct the form and manner of its publication and distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256; Pub. L. 108–102, §1(a), Oct. 29, 2003, 117 Stat. 1198; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, 28 Stat. 603; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
2003—Pub. L. 108–102 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Joint Committee on Printing shall designate to the Public Printer competent persons to prepare the semimonthly and the session index to the Congressional Record and shall fix the compensation to be paid by the Public Printer for that work, and direct the form and manner of its publication and distribution."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2003 Amendment
Pub. L. 108–102, §2, Oct. 29, 2003, 117 Stat. 1198, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] and the amendments made by this Act shall apply with respect to pay periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003 (or, if later, the first day of the first month which begins after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 29, 2003])."
Transition Rule for Transferred Employees of Congressional Record Index Office
Pub. L. 108–102, §1(b), Oct. 29, 2003, 117 Stat. 1198, transferred employees of the Congressional Record Index Office to the Government Printing Office as of the effective date of Pub. L. 108–102 (see Effective Date of 2003 Amendment note above) and transferred and made available accrued annual and sick leave of such employees to the individuals as an employee of the Government Printing Office.
§903. Congressional Record: daily and permanent forms
The public proceedings of each House of Congress as reported by the Official Reporters, shall be printed in the Congressional Record, which shall be issued in daily form during each session and shall be revised, printed, and bound promptly, as directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, in permanent form, for distribution during and after the close of each session of Congress. The daily and the permanent Record shall bear the same date, which shall be that of the actual day's proceedings reported. The "usual number" of the Congressional Record may not be printed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, as added June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).
§904. Congressional Record: maps; diagrams; illustrations
Maps, diagrams, or illustrations may not be inserted in the Record without the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182b (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §14, as added June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §2, 49 Stat. 1546).
§905. Congressional Record: additional insertions
The Joint Committee on Printing shall provide for printing in the daily Record the legislative program for the day together with a list of congressional committee meetings and hearings, and the place of meeting and subject matter. It shall cause a brief resume of congressional activities for the previous day to be incorporated in the Record, together with an index of its contents prepared under the supervision of the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, respectively.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §182c (Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, title II, §221, 60 Stat. 837).
§906. Congressional Record: gratuitous copies; delivery
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall furnish the Congressional Record only as follows:
of the bound edition—
to the Senate Service Department five copies for the Vice President and each Senator;
to the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, each, two copies;
to the Joint Committee on Printing not to exceed one hundred copies;
to the House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, three copies for each Representative and Resident Commissioner in Congress; and
to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House of Representatives, each, two copies;
of the daily edition—
to the Vice President, one hundred copies;
to each Senator, fifty copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);
to the Secretary and Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, each, twenty-five copies;
to the Secretary, for official use, not to exceed thirty-five copies; and
to the Sergeant at Arms for use on the floor of the Senate, not to exceed fifty copies;
to each Member of the House of Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Delegate from the District of Columbia, the Delegate from Guam, and the Delegate from the Virgin Islands, thirty-four copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);
to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House of Representatives, each, twenty-five copies;
to the Clerk, for official use, not to exceed fifty copies, and to the Clerk for use on the floor of the House of Representatives, not to exceed seventy-five copies;
to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress (and not transferable) three copies of which one shall be delivered at his residence, one at his office, and one at the Capitol.
In addition to the foregoing the Congressional Record shall also be furnished as follows:
In unstitched form, and held in reserve by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, as many copies of the daily Record as may be required to supply a semimonthly edition, bound in paper cover together with each semimonthly index when it is issued, and then be delivered promptly as follows:
to each committee and commission of Congress, one daily and one semimonthly copy;
to each joint committee and joint commission in Congress, as may be designated by the Joint Committee on Printing, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the Secretary and the Sergeant at Arms of the Senate, for office use, each, six semimonthly copies;
to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms of the House, for office use, each, six semimonthly copies;
to the Joint Committee on Printing, ten semimonthly copies;
to the Vice President and each Senator, Representative, and Resident Commissioner in Congress, one semimonthly copy;
to the President of the United States, for the use of the Executive Office, ten copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and one bound copy;
to the Chief Justice of the United States and each of the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, one copy of the daily;
to the offices of the marshal and clerk of the Supreme Court of the United States, each, two copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;
to each United States circuit and district judge, and to the chief judge and each associate judge of the United States Court of Federal Claims, the United States Court of International Trade, the Tax Court of the United States, the United States Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims, and the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces, upon request to a member of Congress and notification by the Member to the Director of the Government Publishing Office, one copy of the daily, in addition to those authorized to be furnished to Members of Congress under the preceding provisions of this section;
to the offices of the Vice President and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, each, six copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;
to the Sergeant at Arms, the Chaplain, the Postmaster, the superintendent and the foreman of the Senate Service Department and of the House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, respectively; and to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate, each, one copy of the daily;
to the office of the Parliamentarian of the House of Representatives, six copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and two bound copies;
to the offices of the Official Reporters of Debates of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, each, fifteen copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and three bound copies;
to the office of the stenographers to committees of the House of Representatives, four copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;
to the office of the Congressional Record Index, ten copies of the daily and two semimonthly copies;
to the offices of the superintendent of the Senate and House document rooms, each, three copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the offices of the superintendents of the Senate and House press galleries, each, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the offices of the Legislative Counsel of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, and the Architect of the Capitol, each, three copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the Library of Congress for official use in Washington, District of Columbia, and for international exchange, as provided by sections 1718 and 1719 of this title, not to exceed one hundred and forty-five copies of the daily, five semimonthly copies, and one hundred and fifty bound copies;
to the library of the Senate, three copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed fifteen bound copies;
to the library of the House of Representatives, five copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed twenty-eight bound copies, of which eight copies may be bound in the style and manner approved by the Joint Committee on Printing;
to the library of the Supreme Court of the United States, two copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and not to exceed five bound copies;
to the library of each United States Court of Appeals, each United States District Court, the United States Court of Federal Claims, the United States Court of International Trade, the Tax Court of the United States, the United States Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims, and the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces, upon request to the Director of the Government Publishing Office, one copy of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the Director of the Government Publishing Office for official use, not to exceed seventy-five copies of the daily, ten semimonthly copies, and two bound copies;
to the Director of the Botanic Garden, two copies of the daily and one semimonthly copy;
to the Archivist of the United States, five copies of the daily, two semimonthly copies, and two bound copies;
to the library of each executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government in the District of Columbia, except those designated as depository libraries, and to the libraries of the municipal government of the District of Columbia, the Naval Observatory, and the Smithsonian Institution, each, two copies of the daily, one semimonthly copy, and one bound copy;
to the offices of the Governors of Puerto Rico, Guam and the Virgin Islands, each, five copies in both daily and bound form;
to the office of the Governor of the Canal Zone, five copies in both daily and bound form;
to each ex-President and ex-Vice President of the United States, one copy of the daily;
to each former Senator, Representative, and Commissioner from Puerto Rico, upon request to the Director of the Government Publishing Office, one copy of the daily;
to the Governor of each State, one copy in both daily and bound form;
to each separate establishment of the Armed Forces Retirement Home, to each of the National Homes for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers, and to each of the State soldiers' homes, one copy of the daily;
to the Superintendent of Documents, as many daily and bound copies as may be required for distribution to depository libraries;
to the Department of State, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies of the daily, for distribution to each United States embassy and legation abroad, and to the principal consular offices in the discretion of the Secretary of State;
to each foreign legation in Washington whose government extends a like courtesy to our embassies and legations abroad, one copy of the daily, to be furnished upon requisition of and sent through the Secretary of State;
to each newspaper correspondent whose name appears in the Congressional Directory, and who makes application, for his personal use and that of the papers he represents, one copy of the daily and one copy of the bound, the same to be sent to the office address of the member of the press or elsewhere as he directs; not to exceed four copies in all may be furnished to members of the same press bureau.
Copies of the daily edition, unless otherwise directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall be supplied and delivered promptly on the day after the actual day's proceedings as originally published. Each order for the daily Record shall begin with the current issue, if previous issues of the same session are not available. The apportionment specified for daily copies may not be transferred for the bound form and an allotment of daily copies not used by a Member during a session shall lapse when the session ends.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1256; Pub. L. 91–276, June 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 303; Pub. L. 92–373, Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 528; Pub. L. 93–314, §1(b), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §407(a), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683; Pub. L. 96–417, title VI, §601(11), Oct. 10, 1980, 94 Stat. 1744; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §164(2), Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XV, §1533(c)(3), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1736; Pub. L. 102–82, §6, Aug. 6, 1991, 105 Stat. 377; Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516; Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title IX, §924(d)(1)(D), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2832; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(7), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1751; Pub. L. 105–368, title V, §512(b)(1)(C), Nov. 11, 1998, 112 Stat. 3342; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §183 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 617; June 11, 1896, ch. 420, §1, 29 Stat. 454; Mar. 19, 1896, No. 31, 29 Stat. 468; Feb. 17, 1897, No. 12, 29 Stat. 700; Mar. 26, 1900, No. 15, 31 Stat. 713; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; Jan. 30, 1903, ch. 338, 32 Stat. 786; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 317, 35 Stat. 1067; Mar. 4, 1909, No. 25, 35 Stat. 1169; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title II, §3, 49 Stat. 1547; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381; Sept. 26, 1950, ch. 1049, §2(b), 64 Stat. 1038; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 852, §20, 70 Stat. 911; June 25, 1959, Pub. L. 86–70, §33, 73 Stat. 149; July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–624, §32, 74 Stat. 421; Mar. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–2, 75 Stat. 5; July 11, 1961, Pub. L. 87–85, 75 Stat. 202).
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Provisions respecting National Homes for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers, referred to in text, were formerly classified to chapter 3 (section 71 et seq.) of Title 24, Hospitals and Asylums, and were repealed by Pub. L. 85–857, §14, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1268–1272, and Pub. L. 85–56, title XXII, §2202, June 17, 1957, 71 Stat. 162, 164, 166.
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
1998—Pub. L. 105–368 substituted "Court of Appeals for Veterans Claims" for "Court of Veterans Appeals" in two places.
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "to the Clerk and the Sergeant at Arms" for "to the Clerk, Sergeant at Arms, and Doorkeeper" in three places, "to the Clerk for use on the floor" for "to the Doorkeeper for use on the floor", and "and to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate" for "to the Secretaries to the Majority and the Minority of the Senate, and to the Doorkeeper of the House of Representatives".
1994—Pub. L. 103–337 substituted "Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces" for "Court of Military Appeals" in two places.
1992—Pub. L. 102–572 substituted "United States Court of Federal Claims" for "United States Claims Court" in two places.
1991—Pub. L. 102–82 inserted "the United States Court of Veterans Appeals," after "the Tax Court of the United States," in two places.
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted "each separate establishment of the Armed Forces Retirement Home," for "the United States Soldiers' Home and".
1982—Pub. L. 97–164 substituted "the United States Claims Court" for "the United States Court of Claims, the United States Court of Customs and Patent Appeals" in two places.
1980—Pub. L. 96–417 redesignated the United States Customs Court as the United States Court of International Trade.
1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted "to the Vice President, one hundred copies; to each Senator, fifty copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);" for "to the Vice President and each Senator, one hundred copies:" and "to each Member of the House of Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Delegate from the District of Columbia, the Delegate from Guam, and the Delegate from the Virgin Islands, thirty-four copies (which may be transferred only to public agencies and institutions);" for "to each Representative and Resident Commissioner in Congress, sixty-eight copies".
1974—Pub. L. 93–314 struck out subscriptions from section catchline, and struck out last paragraph which authorized the Public Printer to furnish the daily Record to subscribers at a price determined by him to be based upon the cost of printing and distribution, with the price to be payable in advance. See section 910 of this title.
1972—Pub. L. 92–373 provided for the furnishing of one copy of the daily, one semimonthly copy of the Congressional Record to the United States Court of Appeals library and certain other libraries.
1970—Pub. L. 91–276 substituted provision authorizing the Public Printer to furnish the daily Congressional Record to subscribers at a price based upon cost of printing and distribution for prior subscription price of $1.50 per month.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1998 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–368 effective on first day of first month beginning more than 90 days after Nov. 11, 1998, see section 513 of Pub. L. 105–368, set out as a note under section 7251 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 effective one year after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 1541 of Pub. L. 101–510, formerly set out as an Effective Date note under section 401 of Title 24, Hospitals and Asylums.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–417 effective Nov. 1, 1980, and applicable with respect to civil actions pending on or commenced on or after such date, see section 701(a) of Pub. L. 96–417, as amended, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date of 1977 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §407(b), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977."
Abolition of Office of Postmaster
Office of Postmaster of House of Representatives abolished by section 2 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992.
Limitation on Bound and Biweekly Copies to Senators and Representatives
Pub. L. 95–391, title I, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 783, provided that: "Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provision of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of the bound and biweekly Congressional Records shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he or she receive copies of such Records."
Limitation on Copies of Bound Permanent Edition for Vice President and Members of Senate and House of Representatives
Pub. L. 93–145, Nov. 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 546, provided that: "Hereafter, appropriations for authorized printing and binding for Congress shall not be available under the authority of the Act of October 22, 1968 (44 U.S.C. 906) for the printing, publication, and distribution of more than one copy of the bound permanent editions of the Congressional Record for the Vice President and each Member of the Senate and House of Representatives."
§907. Congressional Record: extracts for Members of Congress; mailing envelopes
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may print and deliver, upon the order of a Member of Congress and payment of the cost, extracts from the Congressional Record. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may furnish without cost to Members and the Resident Commissioner, envelopes, ready for mailing the Congressional Record or any part of it, or speeches, or reports in it, if such part, speeches, or reports are mailable as franked mail under section 3210 of title 39. Envelopes so furnished shall contain in the upper left-hand corner the following words: "United States Senate" or "House of Representatives, U.S. Part of Congressional Record.", and in the upper right-hand corner the letters "U.S.S." or "M.C.", and the Director of the Government Publishing Office may, at the request of a Member or Resident Commissioner, print in addition to the foregoing, his name and State or Commonwealth, the date, and the topic or subject matter, not exceeding twelve words. He may not print any other words on envelopes, except at the personal expense of the Member or Resident Commissioner ordering the envelopes, except to affix the official title of a document. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall deposit moneys accruing under this section in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the appropriation made for the working capital of the Government Publishing Office for the year in which the work is done, and accounted for in his annual report to Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1259; Pub. L. 93–191, §8(b), Dec. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 745; Pub. L. 93–255, §2(c), Mar. 27, 1974, 88 Stat. 52; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §185 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §37, 28 Stat. 606; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 961; Jan. 30, 1904, ch. 39, 33 Stat. 9; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, 43 Stat. 1300).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
1974—Pub. L. 93–255 struck out "Postage paid by Congress" after "Part of Congressional Record.".
1973—Pub. L. 93–191 inserted at end of second sentence ", if such part, speeches, or reports are mailable as franked mail under section 3210 of title 39" and substituted in third sentence "Postage paid by Congress" for "Free".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1973 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–191 effective Dec. 18, 1973, see section 14, of Pub. L. 93–191, set out as a note under section 3210 of Title 39, Postal Service.
Archivist of the United States
References to Archivist of the United States deemed to refer to Archivist appointed under section 2103 of this title with respect to functions transferred by Pub. L. 98–497 or an amendment made by Pub. L. 98–497 and exercised after Apr. 1, 1985, see sections 106 and 108 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as notes under section 2102 of this title.
§908. Congressional Record: payment for printing extracts or other documents
If a Member or Resident Commissioner fails to pay the cost of printing extracts from the Congressional Record or other documents ordered by him to be printed, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall certify the amount due to the Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives or the financial clerk of the Senate, as the case may be, who shall deduct from any salary due the delinquent the amount, or as much of it as the salary due may cover, and pay the amount so obtained to the Director of the Government Publishing Office, to be applied by him to the satisfaction of the indebtedness.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §223(8), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1752; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §163 (Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 285, §1, 36 Stat. 1446).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted "Chief Administrative Officer of the House of Representatives" for "Sergeant at Arms of the House".
§909. Congressional Record: exchange for Parliamentary Hansard
The Librarian of Congress may furnish a copy of the daily and bound Congressional Record to the Undersecretary of State for External Affairs of Canada in exchange for a copy of the Parliamentary Hansard, and the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall honor the requisition of the Librarian of Congress for it. The Parliamentary Hansard so received shall be the property of the Department of State.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §187 (Apr. 10, 1912, No. 14, 37 Stat. 632).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§910. Congressional Record: subscriptions; sale of current, individual numbers, and bound sets; postage rate
(a) Under the direction of the Joint Committee, the Director of the Government Publishing Office may sell—
(1) subscriptions to the daily Record; and
(2) current, individual numbers, and bound sets of the Congressional Record.
(b) The price of a subscription to the daily Record and of current, individual numbers, and bound sets shall be determined by the Director of the Government Publishing Office based upon the cost of printing and distribution. Any such price shall be paid in advance. The money from any such sale shall be paid into the Treasury and accounted for in the Public Printer's 1 annual report to Congress.
(c) The Congressional Record shall be entitled to be mailed at the same rates of postage at which any newspaper or other periodical publication, with a legitimate list of paid subscribers, is entitled to be mailed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 93–314, §1(a), June 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 239; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §188 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §40, 28 Stat. 607).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1974—Pub. L. 93–314 included subscriptions and postage rate in section catchline, and inserted provisions in text authorizing sale of subscriptions, requiring price for subscriptions to be paid in advance, and directing that the Congressional Record shall be entitled to be mailed at the same rates of postage at which any newspaper or other periodical publication, with a legitimate list of paid subscribers, is entitled to be mailed.
1 So in original. Probably should be "Director of the Government Publishing Office's".
CHAPTER 11—EXECUTIVE AND JUDICIARY PRINTING AND BINDING
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in items 1102, 1111, and 1115.
1984—Pub. L. 98–216, §3(d)(1), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 6, substituted "Presidential" for "Bureau of Budget" in item 1108.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§1101. Printing and binding for the President
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall execute such printing and binding for the President as he may order and make requisition for.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §211 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §88, 28 Stat. 622).
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section constitutes part of section 88 of act Jan. 12, 1895. Remainder of section is classified to section 1713 of this title.
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1102. Printing to be authorized by law and necessary to the public business, not in excess of appropriation, and on special requisition filed with the Director of the Government Publishing Office
(a) A head of an executive department, or of an independent agency or establishment of the Government may not cause to be printed, and the Director of the Government Publishing Office may not print, a document or matter unless it is authorized by law and necessary to the public business.
(b) Printing may not be done for an executive department, independent agency or establishment in a fiscal year in excess of the amount of the appropriation.
(c) Printing may not be done without a special requisition signed by the chief of the department, independent agency or establishment and filed with the Director of the Government Publishing Office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§213, 219 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 94, 28 Stat. 622).
This section incorporates the first paragraph of former section 213 and the first clause of former section 219. The balance of former section 213 will be found in sections 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision; that of former section 219 in section 1113 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(2), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline.
Subsecs. (a), (c). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1103. Certificate of necessity; estimate of cost
When a department, the Supreme Court, or the Library of Congress requires printing or binding to be done, it shall certify that it is necessary for the public service. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall then furnish an estimate of cost by principal items, after which requisitions may be made upon him for the printing or binding by the head of the department, the Clerk of the Supreme Court, or the Librarian of Congress, respectively. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall place the cost to the debit of the department in its annual appropriation for printing and binding.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §159, Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 48; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §117 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §93, 28 Stat. 623; June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §32(a), 62 Stat. 991; May 24, 1949, ch. 139, sec. 127, 63 Stat. 107).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
1982—Pub. L. 97–164 struck out the Court of Claims from the enumeration of entities for which printing or binding may be done for the public service and struck out the chief judge of the Court of Claims from the enumeration of officials who make requisitions upon the Public Printer for printing or binding.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
§1104. Restrictions on use of illustrations
Appropriations made for printing and binding may not be used for an illustration, engraving, or photograph in a document or report ordered printed by Congress unless the order to print expressly authorizes it, nor in a document or report of an executive department, independent office or establishment of the Government until the head of the executive department or Government establishment certifies in a letter transmitting the report that the illustration, engraving, or photograph is necessary and relates entirely to the transaction of public business.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §118 (Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1483, §1, 33 Stat. 1213).
The term "executive department, independent office, or establishment of the Government" is substituted for "executive department or other Government establishment" for uniformity.
§1105. Form and style of work for departments
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall determine the form and style in which the printing or binding ordered by a department is executed, and the material and the size of type used, having proper regard to economy, workmanship, and the purposes for which the work is needed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §216 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §51, 28 Stat. 608).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1106. Inserting "compliments" forbidden
A report, document, or publication distributed by or from an executive department or independent agency or establishment of the Government may not contain a notice that it is sent with "the compliments" of an officer of the Government, or with a special notice that it is so sent, except that notice that it has been sent, with a request for an acknowledgment of its receipt, may be given.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §218 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 620).
§1107. Appropriations chargeable for printing and binding of documents or reports
The cost of printing and binding of documents or reports emanating from executive departments, independent agencies or establishments of the Government which, before March 30, 1906, was charged to appropriations for congressional printing and binding or to appropriations other than to executive departments, independent agencies or establishments, shall be charged as follows:
(1) the cost of illustrations, composition, stereotyping, and other work involved in the actual preparation for printing, apart from the creation of the manuscript, to the appropriation for printing and binding of the agency in which the document or report originates.
(2) the balance of cost, to congressional printing and binding appropriations or to appropriations for printing and binding of the executive departments, independent agencies or establishments in proportion to the number of copies delivered to each.
(3) the cost of copies distributed other than through Congress or executive agencies or independent offices, as otherwise provided.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1261.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §214 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 13, 34 Stat. 825).
A proviso in the 1906 resolution, requiring annual estimates of probable costs for departmental printing is omitted as obsolete.
§1108. Presidential approval required for printing of periodicals; number printed; sale to public
The head of an executive department, independent agency or establishment of the Government, with the approval of the President, may use from the appropriations available for printing and binding such sums as are necessary for the printing of journals, magazines, periodicals, and similar publications he certifies in writing to be necessary in the transaction of the public business required by law of the department, office, or establishment. There may be printed, in addition to those necessary for the public business, not to exceed two thousand copies for free distribution by the issuing department, office, or establishment. The Director of the Government Publishing Office, subject to regulation by the Joint Committee on Printing, shall print additional copies required for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents; but the printing of these additional copies may not interfere with the prompt execution of printing for the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262; Pub. L. 98–216, §3(d)(2), (3), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §220 (May 11, 1922, ch. 189, §1, 42 Stat. 541; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1984—Pub. L. 98–216 substituted "Presidential" for "Bureau of Budget" in section catchline and substituted "President" for "Director of the Bureau of the Budget" in text.
Executive Documents
Delegation of Functions
Authority of President under this section to approve use, from appropriations available for printing and binding, of such sums as are necessary for printing of journals, magazines, periodicals, and similar publications delegated to Director of Office of Management and Budget, see section 9(7) of Ex. Ord. No. 11609, July 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 13747, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.
§1109. Printing documents in two or more editions; full number and allotment of full quota
The number of copies of a public document or report authorized to be printed for an executive department, independent agency, or establishment of the Government may be supplied in two or more editions, instead of one, upon a requisition on the Director of the Government Publishing Office by the head of the department or independent office, but the aggregate of the editions may not exceed the number of copies otherwise authorized. This section does not preclude the printing of the full number of a document or report, or the allotment of the full quota to Senators and Representatives, as otherwise authorized, when a legitimate demand for the full complement is known to exist.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §224 (Mar. 30, 1906, No. 14, 34 Stat. 826).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1110. Daily examination of Congressional Record for immediate ordering of documents for official use; limit; bills and resolutions
The heads of executive departments, independent agencies and establishments, respectively, shall cause daily examination of the Congressional Record for the purpose of noting documents, reports, and other publications of interest to their departments, and shall cause an immediate order to be sent to the Director of the Government Publishing Office for the number of copies of the publications required for official use, not to exceed, however, the number of bureaus in the department and divisions in the office of the head. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall send to each executive department, independent agency and establishment, as soon as printed, five copies of public bills and resolutions, except to the State Department, to which he shall send ten copies of bills and resolutions. When the head of a department, independent agency or establishment desires a greater number of a class of bills or resolutions for official use, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall furnish them on requisition promptly made.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1262; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §215 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §90, 28 Stat. 623; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IX, §14, 49 Stat. 1553).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
§1111. Annual reports: time for furnishing manuscript and proofs to Director of the Government Publishing Office
The appropriations made for printing and binding may not be used for an annual report or the accompanying documents unless the manuscript and proof is furnished to the Director of the Government Publishing Office in the following manner:
manuscript of the documents accompanying annual reports on or before February 1, each year;
manuscript of the annual report on or before February 15, each year;
complete revised proofs of the accompanying documents on March 1, each year, and of the annual reports on March 10, each year.
Annual reports and accompanying documents shall be printed, made public, and available for distribution not later than within the first five days after the assembling of each regular session of Congress.
This section does not apply to the annual reports of the Smithsonian Institution, the Comptroller of the Currency, or the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263; Pub. L. 94–273, §28, Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 380; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(22)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-585; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., Supp. II, §121 (July 1, 1916, ch. 209, §3, 39 Stat. 336; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, §8, 49 Stat. 1550).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and introductory provisions of first undesignated par.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out "the Commissioner of Patents," after "Smithsonian Institution," in last par.
1976—Pub. L. 94–273 substituted "February" for "November" and "March" for "December" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.
§1112. Annual reports: type for reports of executive officers
The annual reports of executive officers shall be printed in the same type and form as the report of the head of the department which it accompanies, unless otherwise ordered by the Joint Committee on Printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §222 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §91, 28 Stat. 623).
§1113. Annual reports: exclusion of irrelevant matter
Executive officers, before transmitting their annual reports, shall carefully examine them and all accompanying documents, and exclude all matter, including engravings, maps, drawings, and illustrations, except such as they certify in their letters transmitting the reports are necessary and relate entirely to the transaction of the public business.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §219 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §94, 28 Stat. 623).
This section incorporates only the second clause of former section 219. The balance will be found in section 1102 of the revision.
§1114. Annual reports: number of copies for Congress
One thousand copies of the annual reports of the departments to Congress shall be printed for the Senate, and two thousand for the House of Representatives.
The usual number only of the reports of the Chief of Engineers of the Army, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, the report of the Chief Signal Officer of the Department of the Army, and the Chief of Ordnance shall be printed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(23)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-585.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §212 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615).
This section incorporates only the second sentence of former section 212. The balance will be found in section 1115 of this revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out "the Commissioner of Patents," after "Engineers of the Army," in second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.
Abolition of Offices
Positions of Chief Signal Officer and Chief of Ordinance of Army Department abolished, see note set out under section 3036 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
§1115. Annual reports: time of delivery by Director of the Government Publishing Office to Congress
The annual reports of the Executive Departments and the accompanying documents shall be delivered by the Director of the Government Publishing Office to the proper officer of each House of Congress at its first meeting. Other reports of the Executive Departments shall be so delivered on or before the third Wednesday next after the meeting of Congress or as soon after as may be practicable.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code 1964 ed., §212 (part) (R.S. 3810).
This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 212. The balance will be found in section 1114 of this revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
§1116. Annual reports: limitation on number of copies printed; reports of bureau chiefs
Not to exceed five thousand copies, bound in pamphlet form, of the annual reports without appendices of a head of a department may be printed in a fiscal year. Not to exceed two thousand five hundred copies, bound in pamphlet form, of the reports without appendices of a chief of bureau may be printed in a fiscal year.
A head of department shall direct whether reports made to him by a bureau chief and chief of division may be printed or not.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1263.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622).
This section incorporates only the first sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213 and the last paragraph of that section. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision.
§1117. Annual reports: discontinuance of printing of annual or special reports to keep within appropriations
In order to keep expenditures for printing and binding within appropriations, heads of executive departments, independent offices and establishments of the Government may discontinue the printing of annual or special reports under their respective jurisdictions. When the printing of reports is discontinued the original copy shall be kept on file in the office of the heads of the respective departments, independent offices or establishments for public inspection.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213a (Aug. 1, 1953, ch. 304, title I, §103, 67 Stat. 332).
The term "executive departments, independent offices, and establishments of the Government" is substituted for "executive departments, independent agencies, and establishments" for uniformity.
§1118. Documents beyond scope of ordinary departmental business
A book or document not having to do with the ordinary business transactions of the executive departments may not be printed on the requisition of a department unless expressly authorized by Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §219a (Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §1, 33 Stat. 1249).
§1119. Government publications as public property
Government publications of a permanent nature furnished by authority of law to officers other than Members of Congress of the United States Government, for their official use, shall be stamped "Property of the United States Government," and shall be preserved by them and delivered to their successors in office as a part of the property of the office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §92 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §74, 28 Stat. 620; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VII, §11, 49 Stat. 1552; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–679, §8, 76 Stat. 355).
This section incorporates only the first sentence of former section 92. The balance will be found in section 1911 of the revision.
§1120. Blanks and letterheads for judges and officers of courts
Blanks and letterheads for use by judges and other officials of the United States courts, other than those required to be paid for by any of these officers out of the emoluments of their offices, shall be printed at the Government Publishing Office upon forms prescribed by the Department of Justice, and shall be distributed by it upon requisition.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §119 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §97, 28 Stat. 624).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1121. Paper and envelopes for Government agencies in the District of Columbia
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may procure, under direction of the Joint Committee on Printing, as provided by sections 509–516 of this title, and furnish on requisition, paper and envelopes (not including envelopes printed in the course of manufacture) in common use by two or more departments, establishments, or services of the Government in the District of Columbia, and reimbursement shall be made to the Director of the Government Publishing Office from appropriations or funds available for the purpose. Paper and envelopes so furnished by the Director of the Government Publishing Office may not be procured in any other manner.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §225 (June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 592).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
§1122. Supplies for Government establishments
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may procure and supply, on the requisition of the head of an executive department, independent office or establishment of the Government, complete manifold blanks, books, and forms required in duplicating processes, and complete patented devices with which to file money-order statements, or other uniform official papers, and charge them to the allotment for printing and binding of the department or Government establishment requiring them.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §227 (June 28, 1902, ch. 1301, §1, 32 Stat. 481).
The term "executive department, independent office, or establishment of the government" is substituted for "executive department or other government establishment" for uniformity.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1123. Binding materials; bookbinding for libraries
Binding for the departments of the Government shall be done in plain sheep or cloth, except that record and account books may be bound in Russia leather, sheep fleshers, and skivers, when authorized by the head of a department. The libraries of the several departments, the Library of Congress, the libraries of the Surgeon General's Office, and the Naval Observatory may have books for the exclusive use of these libraries bound in half Turkey, or material no more expensive.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(24)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-585.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §116 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §86, 28 Stat. 622).
This section incorporates all but the first sentence of former section 116. The balance will be found in section 501 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 struck out "the Patent Office," after "the Surgeon General's Office,".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.
CHAPTER 13—PARTICULAR REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in item 1340.
2008—Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title IX, §931(a)(2), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4575, substituted "National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency" for "National Imagery and Mapping Agency" in item 1336.
2000—Pub. L. 106–181, title VI, §606(d), Apr. 5, 2000, 114 Stat. 154, struck out "and aeronautical" after "nautical" in item 1307.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(25)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-585, struck out items 1337 "Patent Office: publications authorized to be printed" and 1338 "Patent Office: limitations and conditions concerning printing and lithographing".
1996—Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §123(b)(2), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3839, struck out item 1311 "Comptroller General: decisions".
Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §1123(b)(2), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2688, substituted "National Imagery and Mapping Agency" for "Naval Oceanographic Office" in item 1336.
1986—Pub. L. 99–272, title VI, §6011(b), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 122, substituted "National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration: nautical and aeronautical products, sale and distribution" for "Environmental Science Service Administration: charts; sale and distribution" in item 1307.
1980—Pub. L. 96–536, §101(c), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167, added item 1320A.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.
2 Section repealed by Pub. L. 104–127 without corresponding amendment of chapter analysis.
§1301. Agriculture, Department of: report of Secretary
The annual report of the Secretary of Agriculture shall be submitted and printed in two parts, as follows:
part 1, containing purely business and executive matter necessary for the Secretary to submit to the President and Congress;
part 2, reports from the different bureaus and divisions, and papers prepared by their special agents, accompanied by suitable illustrations as are, in the opinion of the Secretary, specially suited to interest and instruct the farmers of the country, and to include a general report of the operations of the department for their information.
In addition to the usual number, there shall be printed of part 1, one thousand copies for the Senate, two thousand copies for the House of Representatives, and three thousand copies for the Department of Agriculture; and of part 2, one hundred and ten thousand copies for the use of the Senate, three hundred and sixty thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and thirty thousand copies for the use of the Department of Agriculture, the illustrations for part 2 to be subject to the approval of the Secretary of Agriculture, and executed under the supervision of the Director of the Government Publishing Office, in accordance with directions of the Joint Committee on Printing, and the title of each of the parts shall show that each part is complete in itself.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1265; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §241 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 612).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in last par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Unavailability of Department Funds To Produce Part 2 of Annual Report
Funds available to Department of Agriculture not to be used to produce part 2 of annual report of Secretary (known as the Yearbook of Agriculture), see title I of Pub. L. 103–111, 107 Stat. 1048, set out as a note under section 2207 of Title 7, Agriculture.
§1302. Agriculture, Department of: monthly crop report and other publications
The Secretary of Agriculture may cause to be printed the number of copies of the monthly crop report, and of other reports and bulletins of not more than one hundred octavo pages, he considers necessary.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622).
This section incorporates only the first clause of the second sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213. The balance of section 213 will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1336.
§1303. American Historical Association: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the American Historical Association, five thousand five hundred copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, one thousand five hundred for distribution by the Association and the Smithsonian Institution, and one thousand copies for the use of the Association.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §243 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; May 25, 1900, No. 27, 31 Stat. 717).
§1304. Army and Navy registers
In addition to the usual number of the registers of the Army and Navy, fifteen hundred copies of each shall be printed: five hundred for the Senate, and one thousand for the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, §82 Stat. 1266.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §245 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).
§1305. Attorney General: opinions
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall from time to time print an edition of one thousand copies of the opinions of the Attorney General, which shall be, as to size, quality of paper, printing, and binding, of uniform style and appearance, as nearly as practicable, with volume 8 of opinions, published in the year 1868. Each volume shall contain proper headnotes, a complete and full index, and such footnotes as the Attorney General approves. The volumes shall be distributed in the manner the Attorney General prescribes.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §296a (R.S. §383).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1306. Civil Service Commission: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Civil Service Commission twenty-three thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and twenty thousand for distribution by the Civil Service Commission.1
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §248 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
All functions vested by statute in the United States Civil Service Commission were transferred to the Director of the Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified) by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.
1 See Transfer of Functions note below.
§1307. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration: nautical products, sale and distribution
(a)(1) All nautical products created or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration shall be sold at such prices as the Secretary of Commerce shall establish annually, in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. The Secretary shall publish annually the prices at which nautical products are sold to the public.
(2)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the prices of nautical products may be increased over a period of not less than three years after the date of enactment of this section so as to recover all costs attributable to data base management, compilation, printing, and distribution of such products. The prices of such products may be maintained to recover all such costs thereafter.
(B) The Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall adjust the prices of nautical products in such manner as is necessary to avoid any adverse impact on marine safety attributable to the prices specified in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
(3) This section shall not be construed to require the establishment of any price for a nautical product where, in the judgment of the Secretary, furnishing of that product to a recipient is a reasonable exchange for voluntary contribution of information by the recipient to a program of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
(4) Prices established under this section may not include costs attributable to the acquisition or processing of nautical data.
(b) Fees collected from the sale of nautical products under this section and from any licensing of such products which is permitted under any other provision of law shall be deposited in the miscellaneous receipts fund of the United States Treasury.
(c) The Secretary may distribute nautical products—
(1) without charge to each foreign government or international organization with which the Secretary or a Federal department or agency has an agreement for exchange of these products without cost; and
(2) at prices which the Secretary establishes, to the departments and officers of the United States requiring them for official use.
(d) The fees provided for in this section are for the purpose of reimbursing the United States Government for the costs of creating, publishing or distributing nautical products of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. The collection of fees authorized by this section shall not alter or expand any duty or liability of the United States under existing law for the performance of functions for which fees are collected, nor shall the collection of fees constitute an express or implied undertaking by the United States to perform any activity in a certain manner.
(e) For purposes of this section, the term "nautical products" includes all nautical charts, tide and tidal current tables, tidal current charts, coast pilots, water level products, and associated data bases which are created or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1266; Pub. L. 99–272, title VI, §6011(a), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 105–362, title II, §201(a), Nov. 10, 1998, 112 Stat. 3282; Pub. L. 106–181, title VI, §606(a)–(c), Apr. 5, 2000, 114 Stat. 154.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §246 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §76, 28 Stat. 620; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; July 1, 1916 ch. 209, §1, 39 Stat. 320; June 5, 1920, ch. 235, §1, 41 Stat. 929; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §3(11), 65 Stat. 708; July 9, 1956, ch. 528, 70 Stat. 512; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–441, 78 Stat. 446).
The reference to the Environmental Science Service Administration is inserted on the authority of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1965.
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The date of enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 99–272, which was approved Apr. 7, 1986.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(1), struck out "and aeronautical" after "nautical" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a)(1), (2)(A). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out "and aeronautical" after "nautical" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), (b), struck out "or aeronautical" after "nautical" and "aviation and" after "impact on".
Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out "or aeronautical" after "nautical".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out "or aeronautical" after "nautical".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out "and aeronautical" after "nautical" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(c), struck out "aeronautical and" after "publishing or distributing".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–181, §606(a)(2), struck out "and aeronautical" after "nautical" in two places.
1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–362 struck out at end "At the end of such period and every three years thereafter, the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall report to the Congress on the effect of imposing or maintaining such increased prices, including any impact on aviation and marine safety."
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–272 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: "The charts published by the Environmental Science Service Administration shall be sold at cost of paper and printing as nearly as practicable. The price to the public shall include all expenses incurred in actual reproduction of the charts after the original cartography, such as photography, opaquing, platemaking, press time and bindery operations; the full postage rates, according to the rates for postal services used; and any additional cost factors considered appropriate by the Secretary such as overhead and administrative expenses allocable to the production of the charts and related reference materials. The costs of basic surveys and geodetic work done may not be included in the price of the charts and reference materials. The Secretary of Commerce shall publish the prices at which charts and reference materials are sold to the public at least once each calendar year."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–272 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: "There may not be free distribution of charts except to the departments and officers of the United States requiring them for public use; and a number of copies of each sheet, not to exceed three hundred, to be presented to such foreign governments, libraries, and scientific associations, and institutions of learning as the Secretary of Commerce directs; but on the order of Senators and Representatives not to exceed one hundred copies to each may be distributed through the Environmental Science Service Administration."
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 99–272 added subsecs. (c) to (e).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2000 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–181 applicable only to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1999, see section 3 of Pub. L. 106–181, set out as a note under section 106 of Title 49, Transportation.
Transfer of Functions
Functions of Secretary and other officers of Department of Commerce under this section that relate to the Office of Aeronautical Charting and Cartography to provide aeronautical charts and related products and services for safe and efficient navigation of air commerce transferred to Administrator of Federal Aviation Administration effective Oct. 1, 2000, see section 44721(c)(3) of Title 49, Transportation.
Sale of Aeronautical Charts: Disposition of Receipts Resulting From Price Increase
Pub. L. 103–317, title II, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1741, provided in part: "That hereafter all receipts received from the sale of aeronautical charts that result from an increase in the price of individual charts above the level in effect for such charts on September 30, 1993, shall be deposited in this account [
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 103–121, title II, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1170.
Price Freeze on Charts and Other Products of NOAA
Pub. L. 102–567, title IV, §405, Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4292, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 1307 of title 44, United States Code, the price of nautical charts or other nautical products produced or published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and sold after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 29, 1992] shall not exceed the price of that type of chart or product on the date of enactment of this Act adjusted for inflation. This section shall not apply after September 30, 1994."
§1308. Coast Guard: annual report of the Commandant
The Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating may authorize the printing of the annual report of the Commandant of the Coast Guard in such editions as the interests of the Government and of the public require.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267; Pub. L. 109–241, title IX, §902(d), July 11, 2006, 120 Stat. 567.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §2(a), eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2731, 53 Stat. 1432; Aug. 4, 1949, ch. 393, §§1, 20, 63 Stat. 496, 561; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–670, 80 Stat. 931).
This section incorporates only so much of the third sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213 as relates to the annual report of the Commandant of the Coast Guard. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1309, 1310, 1336 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–241 substituted "Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating" for "Secretary of the Department of Transportation".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
§1309. Coast Guard: notices to mariners and other special publications
The Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating may authorize the printing of notices to mariners and other special publications of the Coast Guard in such editions as the interests of the Government and of the public require.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267; Pub. L. 109–241, title IX, §902(d), July 11, 2006, 120 Stat. 567.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §§4, 10, 32 Stat. 826, 829; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §2(a), eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2731, 53 Stat. 1432; Aug. 4, 1949, ch. 393, §§1, 20, 63 Stat. 496, 561; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–670, 80 Stat. 931).
This section incorporates applicable parts of the third sentence of the second paragraph of former section 213. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1310, 1336 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–241 substituted "Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating" for "Secretary of the Department of Transportation".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
§1310. Commerce Department: navigation and weather information
The Secretary of Commerce may cause to be printed the number of copies of tide tables, coast pilots, and other special publications relating to the Coast and Geodetic Survey, Weather Bureau maps, charts, bulletins of not more than one hundred octavo pages, and minor reports of the Weather Bureau, he considers for the best interest of the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43 Stat. 1106; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. IV, §8, eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1234; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318).
This section incorporates only parts of former section 213 relating to Coast and Geodetic Survey and Weather Bureau. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1336 of the revision.
Executive Documents
Change of Name
Weather Bureau of Department of Commerce consolidated with Coast and Geodetic Survey to form a new agency in Department of Commerce to be known as Environmental Science Services Administration and office of Chief of Weather Bureau abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Functions of Bureau and Chief of Bureau transferred to Secretary of Commerce by the Plan.
Environmental Science Services Administration abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1970, eff. Oct. 3, 1970, 35 F.R. 15627, 84 Stat. 2090, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which created National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration in Department of Commerce. By Department Organization Order 25–5A, republished 39 F.R. 27486, Secretary of Commerce delegated to NOAA his functions relating to Weather Bureau. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of NOAA, organization name of Weather Bureau changed to National Weather Service. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of NOAA, 35 F.R. 19249, Dec. 19, 1970, Coast and Geodetic Survey redesignated National Ocean Survey. For further details, see Codification note set out under section 311 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
[§1311. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §123(b)(1), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3839]
Section, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267, related to printing and distribution of decisions and opinions of Comptroller General.
§1312. Director of Public Health of District of Columbia: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Director of Public Health of the District of Columbia, one thousand five hundred copies shall be printed: one hundred for the Senate, three hundred and sixty for the House of Representatives, and one thousand and forty for the Director of Public Health.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §263 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Aug. 1, 1950, ch. 513, §1, 64 Stat. 393).
§1313. Education, Commissioner of: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Commissioner of Education, thirty-five thousand copies shall be printed: five thousand for the Senate, ten thousand for the House of Representatives, and twenty thousand for distribution by the Commissioner of Education.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §253 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Functions of Commissioner of Education transferred to Secretary of Education pursuant to section 3441(a)(1) of Title 20, Education.
§1314. Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac
The "usual number" of copies of the American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac may not be printed. Instead, there shall be printed and bound two thousand five hundred copies, uniform with the editions printed for the Department of the Navy, five hundred of which shall be for the use of the Senate, one thousand for the use of the House of Representatives, and one thousand for distribution or sale by the Department of the Navy. The Secretary of the Navy may cause to be published of the papers supplementary to the Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac, one thousand five hundred copies in addition to the usual number, one hundred copies for the Senate, four hundred for the House of Representatives, and one thousand for distribution or sale by the Department of the Navy. The Secretary of the Navy may cause additional copies of the Nautical Almanacs extracted from the Ephemeris, to be printed for the public service and for sale to navigators and others. Moneys received from sales of the Ephemeris and of the Nautical Almanacs shall be deposited in the Treasury and placed to the credit of the general fund for public printing.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1267.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §254 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613; May 13, 1902, No. 20, 32 Stat. 740; July 1, 1902, ch. 1368, 32 Stat. 678).
§1315. Fish and Wildlife Service: bulletins
In addition to the usual number of the bulletins of the Fish and Wildlife Service, five thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for distribution by the Service.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §258 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. III, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2108, 54 Stat. 1232).
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Fish and Wildlife Service, created by Reorg. Plan No. III of 1940, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2107, 54 Stat. 1231, succeeded by United States Fish and Wildlife Service established by act Aug. 8, 1956, ch. 1036, §3, 70 Stat. 1119. See section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.
§1316. Fish and Wildlife Service: report of the Director
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, eight thousand copies shall be printed: two thousand for the Senate, four thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for distribution by the Service.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §259 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. III, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2108, 54 Stat. 1232).
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Fish and Wildlife Service, created by Reorg. Plan No. III of 1940, §3, eff. June 30, 1940, 5 F.R. 2107, 54 Stat. 1231, succeeded by United States Fish and Wildlife Service established by act Aug. 8, 1956, ch. 1036, §3, 70 Stat. 1119. See section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.
§1317. Foreign Relations
In addition to the usual number of Foreign Relations, three thousand copies of each shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §250 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Publication of "Foreign Relations of the United States" at Continuing High Standard of Documentation
Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §120, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 970, provided that:
"(a) The Congress finds that the Department of State publication 'Foreign Relations of the United States' plays an important role in making the documentary record of United States foreign relations available to the Congress and the American public.
"(b) The Secretary of State shall therefore insure that publication of the 'Foreign Relations of the United States' volumes is continued in such a manner as will maintain the high standard of comprehensive documentation already established by past volumes."
Written Requests for Documents
Pub. L. 94–59, title VIII, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 296, provided that: "Hereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, appropriations for the automatic distribution to Senators and Representatives (including Delegates to Congress and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico) of copies of the Foreign Relations of the United States, the United States Treaties and Other International Agreements, the District of Columbia Code and Supplements, and more than one bound set of the United States Code and Supplements shall not be available with respect to any Senator or Representative unless such Senator or Representative specifically, in writing, requests that he receive copies of such documents."
§1318. Geological Survey: classes and sizes of publications; report of mineral resources; number of copies; reprints; distribution
The publications of the Geological Survey shall consist of the annual report of the Director, which shall be confined to one volume of royal octavo size; monographs, of quarto size; professional papers, of quarto size; bulletins, of ordinary octavo size; watersupply and irrigation papers, of ordinary octavo size; and maps, folios, and atlases required by law.
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Geological Survey, ten thousand copies shall be printed: two thousand for the Senate, four thousand for the House of Representatives, four thousand for distribution by the Geological Survey.
The reports of the Geological Survey, except the annual report of the Director, shall be published in editions recommended in each case by the Director and approved by the Secretary of the Interior, but not to exceed ten thousand copies.
When the edition of a report of the Survey is exhausted, and the demand for it continues, there may be published, on the requisition of the Secretary of the Interior, as many additional copies of the report as the Director of the Survey states will, in his judgment, be necessary to meet the demand.
The report of the mineral resources of the United States shall be published in two octavo volumes and as a distinct publication, the number of copies, printing of separate chapters, and mode of distribution of which shall be the same as of the annual report.
Three thousand copies of the monographs and bulletins of the Geological Survey shall be published.
The bulletins and professional papers shall be distributed gratuitously and of the number published one thousand copies shall be delivered to the Senate and two thousand copies to the House of Representatives, for distribution.
The Director of the Geological Survey shall transmit to the Library of Congress two copies of every report of the bureau as soon as the first delivery to the Survey is made, in addition to those received by the Library of Congress under any other law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1268.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §260 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 189, §1, 28 Stat. 960; June 11, 1896, ch. 420, §1, 29 Stat. 453; June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 61; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 17, 31 Stat. 1465; May 16, 1902, No. 22, 32 Stat. 741; Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 299, §1, 35 Stat. 988).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.
§1319. Geological Survey: specific appropriations required for monographs and bulletins
The scientific reports known as the monographs and bulletins of the Geological Survey may not be published until specific and detailed estimates and specific appropriations based on these estimates are made for them. Engravings for the annual reports for monographs and bulletins, or of illustrations, sections, and maps, may not be made until specific estimates are submitted and specific appropriations made based on the estimates.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §261 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §79, 28 Stat. 621; June 7, 1924, ch. 303, 43 Stat. 592).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.
§1320. Geological Survey: distribution of publications to public libraries
The Director of the Geological Survey shall distribute to public libraries that have not already received them, copies of sale publications on hand at the expiration of five years after date of delivery to the Survey document room, excepting a reserve number not to exceed two hundred copies.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §262 (Mar. 3, 1903, ch. 1007, §1, 32 Stat. 1146).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Geological Survey redesignated United States Geological Survey by provision of title I of Pub. L. 102–154, set out as a note under section 31 of Title 43, Public Lands.
§1320A. Historical societies' publications
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall provide for such printing services and distribution with respect to publications of the United States Capitol Historical Society, the Supreme Court Historical Society, or the White House Historical Association as such Society or Association may request: Provided, That such Society or Association reimburses the Director of the Government Publishing Office for the actual expenses incurred by him in providing for such services and distribution.
(Added Pub. L. 96–536, §101(c), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167; amended Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on section 304(a) of H.R. 7593, as passed the House of Representatives, July 21, 1980, and incorporated by reference in section 101(c) of Pub. L. 96–536, to be effective as if enacted into law.
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
§1321. Hydrographic Surveys; foreign surveys
Appropriations made for the preparation or publication of foreign hydrographic surveys may be applicable only upon approval by the Secretary of the Navy, after a report from three competent naval officers that the original data for proposed charts justify their publication. The Secretary of the Navy shall order a board of three naval officers to examine and report upon the data before he approves an application of moneys to the preparation or publication of charts or hydrographic surveys.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §265 (R.S. §3686; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §78, 28 Stat. 621).
§1322. Immigration and Naturalization Service: report
The number of copies, not to exceed five thousand, to be printed of the annual reports of the Immigration and Naturalization Service of the Department of Justice shall be subject to the discretion of the Attorney General.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §266 (Mar. 3, 1905, No. 33, 33 Stat. 1287; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737; Ex. Ord. No. 6166, §14, June 10, 1933; 1940 Reorg. Plan No. V, §1, eff. June 14, 1940, 5 F.R. 2223, 54 Stat. 1238).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Abolition of Immigration and Naturalization Service and Transfer of Functions
For abolition of Immigration and Naturalization Service, transfer of functions, and treatment of related references, see note set out under section 1551 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
§1323. Interstate Commerce Commission: report
In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Interstate Commerce Commission, three thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House, and for the use of the Commission that number of the report and other documents incident to interstate commerce for distribution by it as it considers expedient.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §269 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Abolition of Interstate Commerce Commission and Transfer of Functions
Interstate Commerce Commission abolished and functions of Commission transferred, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 104–88, to Surface Transportation Board effective Jan. 1, 1996, by section 1302 of Title 49, Transportation, and section 101 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 1301 of Title 49. References to Interstate Commerce Commission deemed to refer to Surface Transportation Board, a member or employee of the Board, or Secretary of Transportation, as appropriate, see section 205 of Pub. L. 104–88, set out as a note under section 1301 of Title 49.
§1324. Labor Statistics, Bureau of: bulletins
There shall be printed one edition of fifteen thousand copies of each issue of the bulletin of the Bureau of Labor Statistics authorized by section 5 of Title 29, and extra copies not to exceed twenty thousand of any single issue, when in the opinion of the Commissioner of Labor Statistics the demand for the bulletin makes an extra edition necessary.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §270 (Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 177, §1, 28 Stat. 805; June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1, 30 Stat. 61; June 6, 1900, ch. 791, §1, 31 Stat. 644; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737).
§1325. Labor Statistics, Bureau of: report of Commissioner
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Commissioner of Labor Statistics, twenty-five thousand copies shall be printed: five thousand for the Senate, ten thousand for the House of Representatives, and ten thousand for distribution by the Commissioner.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1269.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §271 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 614; Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 141, §3, 37 Stat. 737).
§1326. Librarian of Congress: reports
Five thousand copies of the annual and special reports of the Librarian of Congress submitted to Congress, shall be printed and bound in cloth for the Library of Congress.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §156 (Feb. 24, 1904, No. 8, 33 Stat. 583).
§1327. Mines, Bureau of: publications
The publications of the Bureau of Mines shall be published in editions recommended by the Secretary of the Interior, but not to exceed ten thousand copies for the first edition. When the edition of a publication of the Bureau of Mines is exhausted and the demand for it continues, there may be published, on the requisition of the Secretary of the Interior, as many additional copies as the Secretary of the Interior considers necessary to meet the demand.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §272 (June 25, 1910, No. 36 §§1, 2, 36 Stat. 883; Ex. Ord. No. 6611, Feb. 22, 1934).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Bureau of Mines redesignated United States Bureau of Mines by section 10(b) of Pub. L. 102–285, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining. For provisions relating to closure and transfer of functions of the United States Bureau of Mines, see note set out under section 1 of Title 30.
§1328. Merchant vessels of the United States
Five thousand copies of the annual list of merchant vessels of the United States may be printed for distribution by the Coast Guard.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §249 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §4, 32 Stat. 826; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §501, 47 Stat. 415; May 27, 1936, ch. 463, §1, 49 Stat. 1380; 1946 Reorg. Plan No. 3, §§101–104, eff. July 16, 1946, 11 F.R. 7875, 60 Stat. 1097).
The first paragraph of former section 249, act Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616, was omitted as obsolete. Paragraph related to report on Commerce and Navigation and on Internal Commerce. These reports were discontinued.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
§1329. Mint: reports of Director
There may be printed, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, for distribution by the Treasury Department, two thousand copies of the annual report of the Director of the Mint on the operations of the mint and assay offices with appendices, and of the annual report of the Director of the Mint on the production of precious metals.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §273 (Mar. 4, 1907, No. 24, 34 Stat. 1424).
§1330. Monthly Summary Statement of Imports and Exports
There shall be printed monthly by the Director of the Government Publishing Office thirty-five hundred copies of the Monthly Summary Statement of Imports and Exports and other statistical information prepared by the Secretary of Commerce, five hundred for the Senate, one thousand for the House of Representatives, and two thousand for the Department of Commerce.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §298 (Dec. 18, 1895, No. 1, 29 Stat. 459; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §4, 32 Stat. 826; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1, 37 Stat. 407; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 5, §§1, 2, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3174, 64 Stat. 1263).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1331. National Academy of Sciences: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the National Academy of Sciences, two thousand copies shall be printed: five hundred for the Senate, one thousand for the House of Representatives, and five hundred for distribution by the National Academy of Sciences.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §275 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).
§1332. National encampments of Veterans' organizations; proceedings printed annually for Congress
The proceedings of the national encampments of the Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States, the American Legion, the Military Order of the Purple Heart, the Veterans of World War I of the United States of America, Incorporated, the Disabled American Veterans, and the AMVETS (American Veterans of World War II), respectively, shall be printed annually, with accompanying illustrations, as separate House documents of the session of the Congress to which they may be submitted.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270; Pub. L. 105–225, §3, Aug. 12, 1998, 112 Stat. 1498.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §275b (Mar. 2, 1931, ch. 378, §1, 46 Stat. 1481; Sept. 18, 1941, ch. 411, 55 Stat. 686; July 15, 1942, ch. 505, §1, 56 Stat. 659; Aug. 27, 1963, Pub. L. 88–105, §1, 77 Stat. 130; Dec. 21, 1963, Pub. L. 88–224, 77 Stat. 469).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1998—Pub. L. 105–225 struck out "the United Spanish War Veterans," before "the Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States".
§1333. National high school and college debate topics
(a) The Librarian of Congress shall prepare compilations of pertinent excerpts, bibliographical references, and other appropriate materials relating to:
(1) the subject selected annually by the National University Extension Association as the national high school debate topic and
(2) the subject selected annually by the American Speech Association as the national college debate topic.
In preparing the compilations the Librarian shall include materials which in his judgment are representative of, and give equal emphasis to, the opposing points of view on the respective topics.
(b) The compilations on the high school debate topics shall be printed as Senate documents and the compilations on the college debate topics shall be printed as House of Representatives documents, the cost of which shall be charged to the congressional allotment for printing and binding. Additional copies may be printed in the quantities and distributed in the manner the Joint Committee on Printing directs.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1270.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., Supp. III, §170 [§276a] (Dec. 30, 1963, Pub. L. 88–246, §§1, 2, 77 Stat. 802).
§1334. Naval Intelligence Office: additional copies of publications
In addition to one thousand copies previously authorized, the Secretary of the Navy may print extra copies of the publications of the Office of Naval Intelligence necessary for distribution to the naval service and to meet other official demands. The edition of any one publication may not exceed two thousand copies.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §278 (Mar. 21, 1900, No. 14, 31 Stat. 713).
§1335. Naval Observatory Observations
In addition to the usual number of the Observations of the Naval Observatory, one thousand eight hundred copies shall be printed: three hundred for the Senate, seven hundred for the House of Representatives, and eight hundred for distribution by the Naval Observatory; and of the astronomical appendixes to the Observations, one thousand two hundred separate copies, and of the meteorological and magnetic observations one thousand separate copies, for distribution by the Naval Observatory.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §279 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 613).
§1336. National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency: special publications
The Director of the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency may authorize the printing of notices to mariners, light lists, sailing directions, bulletins, and other special publications of the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency in editions the interests of the Government and of the public may require.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XI, §§1112(e)(2), 1123(b)(1), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2684, 2688; Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title IX, §931(a)(2), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4575.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §213 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §89, 28 Stat. 622; Mar. 13, 1896, No. 23, 29 Stat. 466; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §4, 43, Stat. 1106; July 10, 1962, Pub. L. 87–533, §§1, 2, 76 Stat. 154).
This section incorporates only part of the third sentence, second paragraph of former section 213. The balance will be found in sections 1102, 1116, 1302, 1308, 1309, 1310, of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–417 substituted "National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency" for "National Imagery and Mapping Agency" in section catchline and two places in text.
1996—Pub. L. 104–201, §1123(b)(1), substituted "National Imagery and Mapping Agency" for "Naval Oceanographic Office" in section catchline.
Pub. L. 104–201, §1112(e)(2), substituted "Director of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency" for "Secretary of the Navy" and "National Imagery and Mapping Agency" for "United States Naval Oceanographic Office".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–201 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 104–201, set out as a note under section 193 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
[§§1337, 1338. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4732(b)(25)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-585]
Section 1337, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1271, related to publications authorized to be printed by the Commissioner of Patents.
Section 1338, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272, related to limitations and conditions concerning printing and lithographing by the Patent Office.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective 4 months after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(9) [title IV, §4731] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 1 of Title 35, Patents.
§1339. Printing of the President's Message
The message of the President without the accompanying documents and reports shall be printed in pamphlet form, immediately upon its receipt by Congress. In addition to the usual number, fifteen thousand copies shall be printed, of which five thousand shall be for the Senate, and ten thousand for the House of Representatives.
In addition to the usual number of the President's message and accompanying documents, there shall be printed one thousand copies for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives. The President's message shall be delivered by the printer to the appropriate officers of each House of Congress on or before the third Wednesday next after the meeting of Congress, or as soon after as may be practicable.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §285 (R.S. §3810; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 615).
§1340. Director of the Government Publishing Office: annual report
In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Director of the Government Publishing Office, one thousand copies shall be printed to be distributed under his direction.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §288 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 618).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
§1341. Smithsonian Institution: report
In addition to the usual number of the report of the Smithsonian Institution ten thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, five thousand for distribution by the Smithsonian Institution, and two thousand for distribution by the National Museum.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §289 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616).
[§1342. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–127, title IV, §384, Apr. 4, 1996, 110 Stat. 1016]
Section, Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1272, related to reports and congressional allotments for soil area surveys.
§1343. Statistical Abstract of the United States
In addition to the usual number of the Statistical Abstract of the United States, twelve thousand copies shall be printed: three thousand for the Senate, six thousand for the House of Representatives, and three thousand for distribution by the Secretary of Commerce.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §291 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1, 37 Stat. 407; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 5, §§1, 2, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3174, 64 Stat. 1263).
§1344. Treasury Department: reports
In addition to the usual number of the finance report of the Secretary of the Treasury, one thousand copies for the Senate and two thousand for the House of Representatives shall be printed in addition to those published as part of the departmental report.
In addition to the usual number of the annual report of the Comptroller of the Currency, thirteen thousand copies shall be printed: one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House of Representatives, and ten thousand for distribution by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §295 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 616; Mar. 4, 1907, No. 25, 34 Stat. 1425).
CHAPTER 15—FEDERAL REGISTER AND CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1977—Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §408(a)(2), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683, substituted "Costs of publication, etc." for "Cost of publication; appropriations authorized; penalty mail privilege" in item 1509.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§1501. Definitions
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires—
"document" means a Presidential proclamation or Executive order and an order, regulation, rule, certificate, code of fair competition, license, notice, or similar instrument, issued, prescribed, or promulgated by a Federal agency;
"Federal agency" or "agency" means the President of the United States, or an executive department, independent board, establishment, bureau, agency, institution, commission, or separate office of the administrative branch of the Government of the United States but not the legislative or judicial branches of the Government;
"person" means an individual, partnership, association, or corporation; and
"National Archives of the United States" has the same meaning as in section 2901(11) of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §304 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §4, 49 Stat. 501).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 inserted definition of "National Archives of the United States".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§1502. Custody and printing of Federal documents; appointment of Director
The Archivist of the United States, acting through the Office of the Federal Register, is charged with the custody and, together with the Director of the Government Publishing Office, with the prompt and uniform printing and distribution of the documents required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title. There shall be at the head of the Office a director, appointed by, and who shall act under the general direction of, the Archivist of the United States in carrying out this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1273; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(3), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §301 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §1, 49 Stat. 500; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §202, eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2732, 53 Stat. 1435; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "Archivist of the United States" for "Administrator of General Services" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§1503. Filing documents with Office; notation of time; public inspection; transmission for printing
The original and two duplicate originals or certified copies of a document required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title shall be filed with the Office of the Federal Register, which shall be open for that purpose during all hours of the working days when the National Archives Building is open for official business. The Archivist of the United States shall cause to be noted on the original and duplicate originals or certified copies of each document the day and hour of filing. When the original is issued, prescribed, or promulgated outside the District of Columbia, and certified copies are filed before the filing of the original, the notation shall be of the day and hour of filing of the certified copies. Upon filing, at least one copy shall be immediately available for public inspection in the Office. The original shall be retained by the National Archives and Records Administration and shall be available for inspection under regulations prescribed by the Archivist, unless such original is disposed of in accordance with disposal schedules submitted by the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register and authorized by the Archivist pursuant to regulations issued under chapter 33 of this title; however, originals of proclamations of the President and Executive orders shall be permanently retained by the Administration as part of the National Archives of the United States. The Office shall transmit immediately to the Government Publishing Office for printing, as provided by this chapter, one duplicate original or certified copy of each document required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title. Every Federal agency shall cause to be transmitted for filing the original and the duplicate originals or certified copies of all such documents issued, prescribed, or promulgated by the agency.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274; Pub. L. 95–440, §2, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1063; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(4), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §302 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §2, 49 Stat. 500; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "Archivist of the United States" for "Administrator of General Services", "National Archives and Records Administration" for "General Services Administration", and "Archivist" for "Administrator" wherever appearing.
1978—Pub. L. 95–440 substituted provision for retention of original documents by the General Services Administration for prior provision for retention in the archives of the National Archives and inserted provisions dispensing with such retention when disposals are made in accordance with disposal schedules and requiring retention of original proclamations of the President and Executive orders as part of the National Archives.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§1504. "Federal Register"; printing; contents; distribution; price
Documents required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title shall be printed and distributed immediately by the Government Publishing Office in a serial publication designated the "Federal Register." The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall make available the facilities of the Government Publishing Office for the prompt printing and distribution of the Federal Register in the manner and at the times required by this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it. The contents of the daily issues shall be indexed and shall comprise all documents, required or authorized to be published, filed with the Office of the Federal Register up to the time of the day immediately preceding the day of distribution fixed by regulations under this chapter. There shall be printed with each document a copy of the notation, required to be made by section 1503 of this title, of the day and hour when, upon filing with the Office, the document was made available for public inspection. Distribution shall be made by delivery or by deposit at a post office at a time in the morning of the day of distribution fixed by regulations prescribed under this chapter. The prices to be charged for the Federal Register may be fixed by the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register established by section 1506 of this title without reference to the restrictions placed upon and fixed for the sale of Government publications by sections 1705 and 1708 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §303 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §3, 49 Stat. 500).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1505. Documents to be published in Federal Register
(a)
(1) Presidential proclamations and Executive orders, except those not having general applicability and legal effect or effective only against Federal agencies or persons in their capacity as officers, agents, or employees thereof;
(2) documents or classes of documents that the President may determine from time to time have general applicability and legal effect; and
(3) documents or classes of documents that may be required so to be published by Act of Congress.
For the purposes of this chapter every document or order which prescribes a penalty has general applicability and legal effect.
(b)
(c)
(1) publication of the Federal Register or filing of documents with the Office of the Federal Register is impracticable, or
(2) under existing conditions publication in the Federal Register would not serve to give appropriate notice to the public of the contents of documents, the President may, without regard to any other provision of law, suspend all or part of the requirements of law or regulation for filing with the Office or publication in the Federal Register of documents or classes of documents.
The suspensions shall remain in effect until revoked by the President, or by concurrent resolution of the Congress. The President shall establish alternate systems for promulgating, filing, or publishing documents or classes of documents affected by such suspensions, including requirements relating to their effectiveness or validity, that may be considered under the then existing circumstances practicable to provide public notice of the issuance and of the contents of the documents. The alternate systems may, without limitation, provide for the use of regional or specialized publications or depositories for documents, or of the press, the radio, or similar mediums of general communication. Compliance with alternate systems of filing or publication shall have the same effect as filing with the Office or publication in the Federal Register under this chapter or other law or regulation. With respect to documents promulgated under alternate systems, each agency shall preserve the original and two duplicate originals or two certified copies for filing with the Office when the President determines that it is practicable.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1274.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §305 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §5, 49 Stat. 501; June 25, 1956, ch. 444, 70 Stat. 337).
Executive Documents
Delegation of Functions
For delegation of functions vested in President by section 5(a) of Federal Register Act [now subsec. (a) of this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 10, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 11030. Preparation, Presentation, Filing, and Publication of Executive Orders and Proclamations
Ex. Ord. No. 11030, June 19, 1962, 27 F.R. 5847, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11354, May 23, 1967, 32 F.R. 7695; Ex. Ord. No. 12080, Sept. 18, 1978, 43 F.R. 42235; Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617; Ex. Ord. No. 13403, §1, May 12, 2006, 71 F.R. 28543; Ex. Ord. No. 13683, §1, Dec. 11, 2014, 79 F.R. 75041, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Federal Register Act (49 Stat. 500, as amended; 44 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) [now this chapter], and as President of the United States, I hereby prescribe the following regulations governing the preparation, presentation, filing, and publication of Executive orders and proclamations:
(a) The order or proclamation shall be given a suitable title.
(b) The order or proclamation shall contain a citation of the authority under which it is issued.
(c) Punctuation, capitalization, spelling, and other matters of style shall, in general, conform to the most recent edition of the Style Manual of the United States Government Printing Office.
(d) The spelling of geographic names shall conform to the decisions of the Board on Geographic Names, established by Section 2 of the Act of July 25, 1947, 61 Stat. 456 (43 U.S.C. 364a).
(e) Descriptions of tracts of land shall conform, so far as practicable, to the most recent edition of the "Specifications for Descriptions of Tracts of Land for Use in Executive Orders and Proclamations," prepared by the Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior.
(f) Proposed Executive orders and proclamations shall be prepared on paper approximately 8.5 × 14 inches, shall have a left-hand margin of approximately 1 inch and a right-hand margin of approximately 1 inch, and shall be double-spaced, except that quotations, tabulations, and descriptions of land may be single-spaced.
(g) Proclamations issued by the President shall conclude with the following described recitation—
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ________________ day of ________________, in the year of our lord ________________, and of the Independence of the United States of America, the ________________.
(b) If the Director of the Office of Management and Budget approves the proposed Executive order or proclamation, he shall transmit it to the Attorney General for his consideration as to both form and legality.
(c) If the proposed Executive order or proclamation is disapproved by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget or by the Attorney General, it shall not thereafter be presented to the President unless it is accompanied by a statement of the reasons for such disapproval.
(b) The Office of the Federal Register shall cause to be placed upon the copies of all Executive orders and proclamations forwarded as provided in subsection (a) of this section the following notation, to be signed by the Director or by some person authorized by him to sign such notation: "Certified to be a true copy of the original."
The regulations prescribed by this order shall be codified under Title 1 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
§1506. Administrative Committee of the Federal Register; establishment and composition; powers and duties
(a)
(1) the manner of certification of copies required to be certified under section 1503 of this title, which certification may be permitted to be based upon confirmed communications from outside the District of Columbia;
(2) the documents which shall be authorized under section 1505(b) of this title to be published in the Federal Register;
(3) the manner and form in which the Federal Register shall be printed, reprinted, and compiled, indexed, bound, and distributed;
(4) subject to subsection (b), the number of copies of the Federal Register, which shall be printed, reprinted, and compiled, the number which shall be distributed without charge to Members of Congress, officers and employees of the United States, or Federal agency, for official use, and the number which shall be available for distribution to the public; and
(5) the prices to be charged for individual copies of, and subscriptions to, the Federal Register and reprints and bound volumes of it.
(b)
(1)
(A) the Member or office requests a printed copy of a specific issue of the Federal Register; or
(B) during that year or during the previous year, the Member or office requested a subscription to printed copies of the Federal Register for that year, as described in paragraph (2).
(2)
(A) provisions regarding notifications to offices of Members of Congress and other offices of the United States of the restrictions of paragraph (1);
(B) provisions describing the process by which Members and other offices may request a specific issue of the Federal Register for purposes of paragraph (1)(A); and
(C) provisions describing the process by which Members and other offices may request a subscription to the Federal Register for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), except that such regulations shall limit the period for such a subscription to not longer than 1 year.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1275; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(5), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537; Pub. L. 115–120, div. A, §2(a), Jan. 22, 2018, 132 Stat. 28.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§306, 391 (part) (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §6, 49 Stat. 501; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).
This section incorporates only the last sentence from former section 391(b). The remainder of that section will be found in sections 2102, 2301, 2501, and 2902 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2018—Pub. L. 115–120, §2(a)(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and inserted heading.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–120, §2(a)(2), substituted "subject to subsection (b), the number of copies" for "the number of copies".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–120, §2(a)(3), added subsec. (b).
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places in introductory provisions.
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 struck out "The authority of the Administrator of General Services, under section 754 of title 40, to regroup, transfer, and distribute functions within the General Services Administration, does not extend to the Committee or its functions."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2018 Amendment
Pub. L. 115–120, div. A, §2(b), Jan. 22, 2018, 132 Stat. 29, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect January 1, 2018."
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
Executive Documents
Delegation of Functions
For delegations of functions vested in President by section 6 of Federal Register Act [now this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 10, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§1507. Filing document as constructive notice; publication in Federal Register as presumption of validity; judicial notice; citation
A document required by section 1505(a) of this title to be published in the Federal Register is not valid as against a person who has not had actual knowledge of it until the duplicate originals or certified copies of the document have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register and a copy made available for public inspection as provided by section 1503 of this title. Unless otherwise specifically provided by statute, filing of a document, required or authorized to be published by section 1505 of this title, except in cases where notice by publication is insufficient in law, is sufficient to give notice of the contents of the document to a person subject to or affected by it. The publication in the Federal Register of a document creates a rebuttable presumption—
(1) that it was duly issued, prescribed, or promulgated;
(2) that it was filed with the Office of the Federal Register and made available for public inspection at the day and hour stated in the printed notation;
(3) that the copy contained in the Federal Register is a true copy of the original; and
(4) that all requirements of this chapter and the regulations prescribed under it relative to the document have been complied with.
The contents of the Federal Register shall be judicially noticed and without prejudice to any other mode of citation, may be cited by volume and page number.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1276.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §307 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §7, 49 Stat. 502).
§1508. Publication in Federal Register as notice of hearing
A notice of hearing or of opportunity to be heard, required or authorized to be given by an Act of Congress, or which may otherwise properly be given, shall be deemed to have been given to all persons residing within the States of the Union and the District of Columbia, except in cases where notice by publication is insufficient in law, when the notice is published in the Federal Register at such a time that the period between the publication and the date fixed in the notice for the hearing or for the termination of the opportunity to be heard is—
(1) not less than the time specifically prescribed for the publication of the notice by the appropriate Act of Congress; or
(2) not less than fifteen days when time for publication is not specifically prescribed by the Act, without prejudice, however, to the effectiveness of a notice of less than fifteen days where the shorter period is reasonable.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1276.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §308 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §8, 49 Stat. 502; June 25, 1959, Pub. L. 86–70, §34, 73 Stat. 149; July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–624, §33, 74 Stat. 421).
§1509. Costs of publication, etc.
(a) The cost of printing, reprinting, wrapping, binding, and distributing the Federal Register and the Code of Federal Regulations, and, except as provided in subsection (b), other expenses incurred by the Government Publishing Office in carrying out the duties placed upon it by this chapter shall be charged to the revolving fund provided in section 309. Reimbursements for such costs and expenses shall be made by the Federal agencies and credited, together with all receipts, as provided in section 309(b).
(b) The cost of printing, reprinting, wrapping, binding, and distributing all other publications of the Federal Register program, and other expenses incurred by the Government Publishing Office in connection with such publications, shall be borne by the appropriations to the Government Publishing Office and the appropriations are made available, and are authorized to be increased by additional sums necessary for the purposes, the increases to be based upon estimates submitted by the Director of the Government Publishing Office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1277; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §408(a)(1), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §309 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §9, 49 Stat. 502).
A reference to section 10 of Act June 19, 1934 is deleted because of the repeal of that section by Act June 30, 1949.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted "Costs of publication, etc." for "Cost of publication; appropriations authorized; penalty mail privilege" in section catchline, added subsec. (a), designated former first paragraph as subsec. (b) and inserted provision restricting coverage to the other publications of the Federal Register program and struck out provision requiring payments for the Federal Register to be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts and former second paragraph relating to penalty mail privileges for the Federal Register.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" wherever appearing in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1977 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §408(b), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977."
§1510. Code of Federal Regulations
(a) The Administrative Committee of the Federal Register, with the approval of the President, may require, from time to time as it considers necessary, the preparation and publication in special or supplemental editions of the Federal Register of complete codifications of the documents of each agency of the Government having general applicability and legal effect, issued or promulgated by the agency by publication in the Federal Register or by filing with the Administrative Committee, and are relied upon by the agency as authority for, or are invoked or used by it in the discharge of, its activities or functions, and are in effect as to facts arising on or after dates specified by the Administrative Committee.
(b) A codification published under subsection (a) of this section shall be printed and bound in permanent form and shall be designated as the "Code of Federal Regulations." The Administrative Committee shall regulate the binding of the printed codifications into separate books with a view to practical usefulness and economical manufacture. Each book shall contain an explanation of its coverage and other aids to users that the Administrative Committee may require. A general index to the entire Code of Federal Regulations shall be separately printed and bound.
(c) The Administrative Committee shall regulate the supplementation and the collation and republication of the printed codifications with a view to keeping the Code of Federal Regulations as current as practicable. Each book shall be either supplemented or collated and republished at least once each calendar year.
(d) The Office of the Federal Register shall prepare and publish the codifications, supplements, collations, and indexes authorized by this section.
(e) The codified documents of the several agencies published in the supplemental edition of the Federal Register under this section, as amended by documents subsequently filed with the Office and published in the daily issues of the Federal Register shall be prima facie evidence of the text of the documents and of the fact that they are in effect on and after the date of publication.
(f) The Administrative Committee shall prescribe, with the approval of the President, regulations for carrying out this section.
(g) This section does not require codification of the text of Presidential documents published and periodically compiled in supplements to Title 3 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1277.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §311 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §11, 49 Stat. 503; June 19, 1937, ch. 369, 50 Stat. 304; 1939 Reorg. Plan No. II, §202, eff. July 1, 1939, 4 F.R. 2732, 53 Stat. 1435; Dec. 10, 1942, ch. 717, §2, 56 Stat. 1045; June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(b), 63 Stat. 381; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 333, 67 Stat. 388; Dec. 2, 1963, Pub. L. 88–190, §1, 77 Stat. 343).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Retroactive and Prospective Application
Pub. L. 88–190, §2, Dec. 2, 1963, 77 Stat. 344, provided that: "Section 11 of the Federal Register Act [section 311 of former Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, now this section], as amended by the first section of this Act [amending subsecs. (b) to (d) and (g) of such section 311, now subsecs. (b) to (d) and (g) of this section], shall apply to the Code of Federal Regulations previously authorized and published as well as to future publications made pursuant to that section as so amended."
Executive Documents
Delegation of Functions
For delegation of functions vested in President by section 11(a), (f) of Federal Register Act [now subsecs. (a) and (f) of this section], to Attorney General and Archivist of United States, see section 6(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 10530, May 10, 1954, 19 F.R. 2709, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President. See, also, section 103(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
Codification of Executive and Administrative Documents
Under authority of section 11(d) of the Federal Register Act [now subsec. (d) of this section] the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register issued regulations for the codification of executive and administrative documents, approved by the President Nov. 10, 1937, and set out in F.R. 2849 D.I., 2450 B.V.
§1511. International agreements excluded from provisions of chapter
This chapter does not apply to treaties, conventions, protocols, and other international agreements, or proclamations thereof by the President.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1278.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §312 (July 26, 1935, ch. 417, §12, 49 Stat. 503).
CHAPTER 17—DISTRIBUTION AND SALE OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in items 1701 and 1712.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
1 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 98–497 without corresponding amendment of chapter analysis.
§1701. Publications for public distribution to be distributed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office; mailing lists
Money appropriated by any Act may not be used for services in an executive department or other Government establishment at the District of Columbia, in the work of addressing, wrapping, mailing, or otherwise dispatching a publication for public distribution, except maps, weather reports, and weather cards issued by them or for the purchase of material or supplies to be used in this work. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall perform this work at the Government Publishing Office. The head of an executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government at the District of Columbia, shall furnish from time to time to the Director of the Government Publishing Office mailing lists, in convenient form, and changes in them, or penalty mail slips, for use in the public distribution of publications issued by the department or establishment. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may furnish copies of a publication only in accordance with law or the instruction of the head of the department or establishment issuing the publication.
This section does not apply to orders, instructions, directions, notices, or circulars of information printed for and issued by an executive department or other Government establishment or to the distribution of public documents by Senators or Members of the House of Representatives or to the Senate Service Department, House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service, and document rooms of the Senate or House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1278; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §95 (Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §8, 37 Stat. 414; July 2, 1954, ch. 455, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 397).
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
The term "executive department, independent office, and establishment of the Government" is substituted for "executive department and other Government establishment" for uniformity.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing in section catchline and text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1702. Superintendent of Documents; sale of documents
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall appoint a competent person to act as Superintendent of Documents who shall be under the control of the Director of the Government Publishing Office.
When an officer of the Government having in his charge documents published for sale desires to be relieved of them, he may turn them over to the Superintendent of Documents, who shall receive and sell them under this section. Moneys received from the sale of documents shall be returned to the Director of the Government Publishing Office on the first day of each month and be covered into the Treasury monthly.
The Superintendent of Documents shall also report monthly to the Director of the Government Publishing Office the number of documents received by him and the disposition made of them. He shall have general supervision of the distribution of all public documents, and to his custody shall be committed all documents subject to distribution, excepting those printed for the special official use of the executive departments, which shall be delivered to the departments, and those printed for the use of the two Houses of Congress, which shall be delivered to the Senate Service Department and House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service and distributed or delivered ready for distribution to Members upon their order by the superintendents of the Senate Service Department and House Publications Distribution Service, respectively.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §§71, 73 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §61, 28 Stat. 610; June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §1, 36 Stat. 770; Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 770, §1(62), 60 Stat. 871).
This section incorporates only part of former section 73. The balance will be found in section 308 of the revision.
"House of Representatives Publications Distribution Service" is substituted for "House Folding Room" because of the change of name under authority of Public Law 88–652.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" wherever appearing.
§1703. Superintendent of Documents: assistants, blanks, printing and binding
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, upon the requisition of the Superintendent of Documents, shall appoint necessary assistants, furnish blanks, and do the printing and binding required by his office. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall provide convenient office, storage, and distributing rooms for the use of the Superintendent of Documents.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §208, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §74 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §66, 28 Stat. 611).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
1990—Pub. L. 101–520 struck out before period at end of first sentence ", the cost to be charged against the appropriation for printing and binding for Congress".
§1704. Superintendent of Documents: pay of employees for night, Sunday, holiday, and overtime work
Employees in the office of the Superintendent of Documents may be paid for night, Sunday, holiday, and overtime work at rates not in excess of the rates of additional pay for this work allowed other employees of the Government Publishing Office under section 305 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §75 (Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 549, §1, 43 Stat. 1300; May 13, 1926, ch. 294, §1, 44 Stat. 552; Feb. 23, 1927, ch. 166, 44 Stat. 1160).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1705. Printing additional copies for sale to public; regulations
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall print additional copies of a Government publication, not confidential in character, required for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents, subject to regulation by the Joint Committee on Printing and without interference with the prompt execution of printing for the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §72 (May 11, 1922, ch. 189, §1, 42 Stat. 541; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1706. Printing and sale of extra copies of documents
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall furnish to applicants giving notice before the matter is put to press, not exceeding two hundred and fifty to any one applicant, copies of bills, reports, and documents. The applicants shall pay in advance the price of the printing. The printing of these copies for private parties may not interfere with the printing for the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1279; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §114 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §42, 28 Stat. 607; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1707. Reprinting of documents required for sale
The Superintendent of Documents may order reprinted, from time to time, public documents required for sale, subject to the approval of the Secretary or head of the department in which the public document originated. The Revolving Fund shall be reimbursed for the cost of reprints from the moneys received by the Superintendent of Documents from the sale of public documents.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 101–520, title II, §208, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2274.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §79 (Mar. 28, 1904, No. 11, 33 Stat. 584).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–520 substituted "The Revolving Fund" for "The appropriation for printing and binding".
§1708. Prices for sales copies of publications; crediting of receipts; resale by dealers; sales agents
The price at which additional copies of Government publications are offered for sale to the public by the Superintendent of Documents shall be based on the cost as determined by the Director of the Government Publishing Office plus 50 percent. A discount may be allowed as determined by the Superintendent of Documents, but the printing may not interfere with prompt execution of work for the Government.
The Superintendent of Documents may prescribe terms and conditions under which he authorizes the resale of Government publications by book dealers, and he may designate any Government officer his agent for the sale of Government publications under regulations agreed upon by the Superintendent of Documents and the head of the respective department or establishment of the Government.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §409(a), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683; Pub. L. 103–69, title II, §207(b), Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 708; Pub. L. 108–447, div. G, title I, §1301, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3191; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §72a (June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §307, 47 Stat. 409).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in first par.
2004—Pub. L. 108–447, in first par., substituted "may be allowed as determined by the Superintendent of Documents" for "of not to exceed 25 percent may be allowed to book dealers and quantity purchasers".
1993—Pub. L. 103–69, in first par., struck out at end "Receipts from general sales of publications in excess of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the publication and sale thereof, as determined by the Public Printer, shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of miscellaneous receipts."
1977—Pub. L. 95–94 substituted "Receipts from general sales of publications in excess of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the publication and sale thereof, as determined by the Public Printer," for "Surplus receipts from sales".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1993 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–69 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 207(c) of Pub. L. 103–69, set out as a note under section 309 of this title.
Effective Date of 1977 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–94, title IV, §409(b), Aug. 5, 1977, 91 Stat. 683, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977."
§1709. Blank forms: printing and sale to public
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may print for sale by the Superintendent of Documents to the public, upon prepayment, additional copies of approved Government blank forms.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §94 (June 7, 1924, ch. 303, §1, 43 Stat. 592).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1710. Index of documents: number and distribution
The Superintendent of Documents, at the close of each regular session of Congress, shall prepare and publish a comprehensive index of public documents, upon a plan approved by the Joint Committee on Printing. The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall, immediately upon its publication, deliver to him a copy of every document printed by the Government Publishing Office. The head of each executive department, independent agency and establishment of the Government shall deliver to him a copy of every document issued or published by the department, bureau, or office not confidential in character. He shall also prepare and print in one volume a consolidated index of Congressional documents, and shall index single volumes of documents as the Joint Committee on Printing directs. Two thousand copies each of the comprehensive index and of the consolidated index shall be printed and bound in addition to the usual number, two hundred for the Senate, eight hundred for the House of Representatives and one thousand for distribution by the Superintendent of Documents.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §76 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §62, 28 Stat. 610).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1711. Catalog of Government publications
On the first day of each month the Superintendent of Documents shall prepare a catalog of Government publications which shall show the documents printed during the preceding month, where obtainable, and the price. Two thousand copies of the catalog shall be printed in pamphlet form for distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1280.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §77 (Jan. 12 1895, ch. 23, §69, 28 Stat. 612).
§1712. Documents for use of the Director of the Government Publishing Office
The Director of the Government Publishing Office may retain out of all documents, bills, and resolutions printed the number of copies absolutely needful for the official use of the Government Publishing Office, not exceeding five of each.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), (c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §73, 28 Stat. 618).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, §1301(c), substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1713. Documents to be delivered to the Executive Mansion
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall deliver to the Executive Mansion two copies of each document, bill, and resolution as soon as printed and ready for distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §80 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §88, 28 Stat. 622).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1714. Publications for use of National Archives and Records Administration
The Director of the Government Publishing Office shall print and deliver to the National Archives and Records Administration for use by the Archivist of the United States, including use by the Presidential Library established for the President during whose term the documents were issued, which shall be chargeable to Congress three copies each of the following publications:
House documents and public reports, bound;
Senate documents and public reports, bound;
Senate and House journals, bound;
United States Code and Supplements, bound;
United States Statutes at Large, bound;
the United States Reports, bound;
all other documents bearing a congressional number, or printed upon order of a committee in either House of Congress, or of a department, independent agency or establishment, commission, or officer of the Government, except confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character; and
public bills and resolutions in Congress in each parliamentary stage.
The Superintendent of Documents shall furnish, without cost, copies of publications available for free distribution.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §107(b)(6), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2287; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §215a (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §—, as added June 17, 1935, ch. 267, 49 Stat. 386, and amended June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104(a), 63 Stat. 381; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–678, 80 Stat. 956.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in introductory provisions.
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "National Archives and Records Administration" for "General Services Administration" in section catchline and text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§1715. Publications for department or officer or for congressional committees
When printing not bearing a congressional number, except confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character, is done for a department or officer of the Government, or not of a confidential character, is done for use of congressional committees, two copies shall be sent, unless withheld by order of the committee, by the Director of the Government Publishing Office to the Senate and House of Representatives libraries, respectively, and one copy each to the document rooms of the Senate and House of Representatives, for reference; and these copies may not be removed.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §217 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §58, 28 Stat. 610; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014).
The last clause of this section is eliminated, as superseded by former section 85, now found in section 1903 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1716. Public documents for legations and consulates of United States
Only books published by the Government, and usually known by the name of "Public Documents," may be supplied to a legation or consulate of the United States as are first designated by the Secretary of State, by an order to be recorded in the State Department, as suitable for and required by the legation and consulate.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §91a (R.S. §504).
§1717. Documents and reports for foreign legations
Documents and reports may be furnished to foreign legations to the United States upon request stating those desired and requisition upon the Director of the Government Publishing Office by the Secretary of State. Gratuitous distribution may only be made to legations whose Governments furnish to legations from the United States copies of their printed and legislative documents desired.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1281; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §91 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §75, 28 Stat. 620).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1718. Distribution of Government publications to the Library of Congress
There shall be printed and furnished to the Library of Congress for official use in the District of Columbia not to exceed twenty-five copies of:
House documents and reports, bound;
Senate documents and reports, bound;
Senate and House journals, bound;
public bills and resolutions;
the United States Code and supplements, bound; and
all other publications and maps which are printed, or otherwise reproduced, under authority of law, upon the requisition of a Congressional committee, executive department, bureau, independent office, establishment, commission, or officer of the Government.
Confidential matter, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public character shall be excepted.
In addition, there shall be delivered as printed to the Library of Congress:
ten copies of each House document and report, unbound;
ten copies of each Senate document and report, unbound; and
ten copies of each private bill and resolution and fifty copies of the laws in slip form.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282; Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §139 (Jan. 28, 1899, No. 12, 30 Stat. 1388; Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §§1, 2, 31 Stat. 1464; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550).
Reference to the Official Register is omitted as obsolete. The authorization for its compilation was repealed by Public Law 88–626 [86–626].
Editorial Notes
Codification
The 1982 amendment by Pub. L. 97–276 is based on section 305(a) of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in section 101(e) of Pub. L. 97–276, to be effective as if enacted into law.
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–276 substituted "not to exceed twenty-five copies of" for ", and for international exchange as provided by section 1719 of this title, not to exceed one hundred and fifty copies of".
§1719. International exchange of Government publications
For the purpose of more fully carrying into effect the convention concluded at Brussels on March 15, 1886, and proclaimed by the President of the United States on January 15, 1889, there shall be supplied to the Superintendent of Documents not to exceed one hundred and twenty-five copies each of all Government publications, including the daily and bound copies of the Congressional Record, for distribution to those foreign governments which agree, as indicated by the Library of Congress, to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress. Confidential matter, blank forms, circular letters not of a public character, publications determined by their issuing department, office, or establishment to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value, and publications classified for reasons of national security shall be exempted from this requirement. The printing, binding, and distribution costs of any publications distributed in accordance with this section shall be charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282; Pub. L. 97–276, §101(e), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1189; Pub. L. 99–500, §101(j), Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–287, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(j), Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–287, as amended Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 425.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed., §139a (Mar. 2, 1901, No. 16, §3, 31 Stat. 1465; Mar. 3, 1925, ch. 421, §7, 43 Stat. 1106; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title IV, §6, 49 Stat. 1550).
Editorial Notes
References in Text
There were two conventions concluded at Brussels on Mar. 15, 1886, and proclaimed by the President on Jan. 15, 1889: one was a convention "for the international exchange of official documents, scientific, and literary publications"; the other was "for the immediate exchange of the official journals, parliamentary annals, and documents."
Codification
Pub. L. 99–591 is a corrected version of Pub. L. 99–500.
The 1986 amendment is based on section 306 of title III of H.R. 5203 (see House Report 99–805 as filed in the House on Aug. 15, 1986), and incorporated by reference in section 101(j) of Pub. L. 99–500 and 99–591, as amended by Pub. L. 100–71, to be effective as if enacted into law.
The 1982 amendment by Pub. L. 97–276 is based on section 305(b) of S. 2939, Ninety-seventh Congress, 2d Session, as reported Sept. 22, 1982, and incorporated by reference in section 101(e) of Pub. L. 97–276, to be effective as if enacted into law.
Amendments
1986—Pub. L. 99–500 and 99–591, as amended by Pub. L. 100–71, amended last sentence generally, substituting "charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose" for "chargeable to the department, office, or establishment issuing the publication". See Codification note above.
1982—Pub. L. 97–276 substituted "Superintendent of Documents" for first reference to "Library of Congress" and "for distribution to those foreign governments which agree, as indicated by the Library of Congress, to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress" for "for distribution, through the Smithsonian Institution, to foreign governments which agree to send to the United States similar publications of their governments for delivery to the Library of Congress", and inserted "Confidential matter, blank forms, circular letters not of a public character, publications determined by their issuing department, office, or establishment to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value, and publications classified for reasons of national security shall be exempted from this requirement. The printing, binding, and distribution costs of any publication distributed in accordance with this section shall be chargeable to the department, office, or establishment issuing the publication."
§1720. Documents not needed by departments to be turned over to Superintendent of Documents
Public documents accumulating in the several executive departments, bureaus, and offices, not needed for official use, shall be turned over to the Superintendent of Documents annually for distribution or sale.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §78 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §67, 28 Stat. 611).
§1721. Exchange of documents by heads of departments
Heads of departments may exchange surplus documents for other documents and books required by them, when it is to the advantage of the public service.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §93 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §95, 28 Stat. 623).
§1722. Departmental distribution of publications
Government publications printed for or received by the executive departments, whether for official use or for distribution, except those required by section 1701 of this title to be distributed by the Director of the Government Publishing Office, shall be distributed by a competent person detailed to this duty in each department by the head of the department. He shall prevent duplication and make detailed report to the head of the department.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1282; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §96 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §92, 28 Stat. 623; May 29, 1928, ch. 901, §1(2), 45 Stat. 986).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
CHAPTER 19—DEPOSITORY LIBRARY PROGRAM
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in item 1914.
1978—Pub. L. 95–261, §2, Apr. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 199, added item 1916.
1972—Pub. L. 92–368, §1(b), Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 507, added item 1915.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in item 1902 on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
Federal Records Management Provisions Without Effect on Chapter
Authority and responsibilities under chapter not limited or repealed by Federal Records Management Amendments of 1976, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 94–575, set out as a note under section 2901 of this title.
§1901. Definition of Government publication
"Government publication" as used in this chapter, means informational matter which is published as an individual document at Government expense, or as required by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81a (Pub. L. 87–579, §1, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 352).
§1902. Availability of Government publications through Superintendent of Documents; lists of publications not ordered from Government Publishing Office
Government publications, except those determined by their issuing components to be required for official use only or for strictly administrative or operational purposes which have no public interest or educational value and publications classified for reasons of national security, shall be made available to depository libraries through the facilities of the Superintendent of Documents for public information. Each component of the Government shall furnish the Superintendent of Documents a list of such publications it issued during the previous month, that were obtained from sources other than the Government Publishing Office.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81b (Pub. L. 87–579, §1, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 352).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in section catchline and text on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1903. Distribution of publications to depositories; notice to Government components; cost of printing and binding
Upon request of the Superintendent of Documents, components of the Government ordering the printing of publications shall either increase or decrease the number of copies of publications furnished for distribution to designated depository libraries and State libraries so that the number of copies delivered to the Superintendent of Documents is equal to the number of libraries on the list. The number thus delivered may not be restricted by any statutory limitation in force on August 9, 1962. Copies of publications furnished the Superintendent of Documents for distribution to designated depository libraries shall include—
the journals of the Senate and House of Representatives;
all publications, not confidential in character, printed upon the requisition of a congressional committee;
Senate and House public bills and resolutions; and
reports on private bills, concurrent or simple resolutions;
but not so-called cooperative publications which must necessarily be sold in order to be self-sustaining.
The Superintendent of Documents shall currently inform the components of the Government ordering printing of publications as to the number of copies of their publications required for distribution to depository libraries. The cost of printing and binding those publications distributed to depository libraries obtained elsewhere than from the Government Publishing Office, shall be borne by components of the Government responsible for their issuance; those requisitioned from the Government Publishing Office shall be charged to appropriations provided the Superintendent of Documents for that purpose.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1283; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(b), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85 (part) (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; June 25, 1938, ch. 708, 52 Stat. 1206; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §5, 76 Stat. 354).
The last paragraph of former section 85 will be found in section 1906 of the revision.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Government Publishing Office" substituted for "Government Printing Office" in second par. on authority of section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of this title.
§1904. Classified list of Government publications for selection by depositories
The Superintendent of Documents shall currently issue a classified list of Government publications in suitable form, containing annotations of contents and listed by item identification numbers to facilitate the selection of only those publications needed by depository libraries. The selected publications shall be distributed to depository libraries in accordance with regulations of the Superintendent of Documents, as long as they fulfill the conditions provided by law.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964, ed. §83 (R.S. §502; Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §§53, 61, 28 Stat. 608, 610; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §3, 76 Stat. 353).
§1905. Distribution to depositories; designation of additional libraries; justification; authorization for certain designations
The Government publications selected from lists prepared by the Superintendent of Documents, and when requested from him, shall be distributed to depository libraries specifically designated by law and to libraries designated by Senators, Representatives, and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, by the Commissioner of the District of Columbia,1 and by the Governors of Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands, respectively. Additional libraries within areas served by Representatives or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico may be designated by them to receive Government publications to the extent that the total number of libraries designated by them does not exceed two within each area. Not more than two additional libraries within a State may be designated by each Senator from the State. Before an additional library within a State, congressional district or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is designated as a depository for Government publications, the head of that library shall furnish his Senator, Representative, or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, as the case may be, with justification of the necessity for the additional designation. The justification, which shall also include a certification as to the need for the additional depository library designation, shall be signed by the head of every existing depository library within the congressional district or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or by the head of the library authority of the State or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, within which the additional depository library is to be located. The justification for additional depository library designations shall be transmitted to the Superintendent of Documents by the Senator, Representative, or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, as the case may be. The Commissioner of the District of Columbia may designate two depository libraries in the District of Columbia, the Governor of Guam and the Governor of American Samoa may each designate one depository library in Guam and American Samoa, respectively, and the Governor of the Virgin Islands may designate one depository library on the island of Saint Thomas and one on the island of Saint Croix.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §82 (R.S. §501; Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §2, 76 Stat. 353).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Office of Commissioner of District of Columbia, as established under Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1967, eff. Nov. 3, 1967 (in part), 32 F.R. 11669, 81 Stat. 948, abolished as of noon Jan. 2, 1975, by Pub. L. 93–198, title VII, §711, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 818, and replaced by office of Mayor of District of Columbia by section 421 of Pub. L. 93–198.
Northern Marianas College as Depository
Pub. L. 101–219, title II, §202, Dec. 12, 1989, 103 Stat. 1874, provided that: "The Northern Marianas College is hereby constituted a depository to receive Government publications, and the Superintendent of Documents shall supply to the Northern Marianas College one copy of each such publication in the same form as supplied to other designated depositories."
District of Columbia Public Library as Depository
Act Sept. 28, 1943, ch. 243, 57 Stat. 568, provided: "That the Public Library of the District of Columbia is hereby constituted a designated depository of governmental publications, and the Superintendent of Documents shall supply to such library one copy of each such publication, in the same form as supplied to other designated depositories."
1 See Transfer of Functions note below.
§1906. Land-grant colleges constituted depositories
Land-grant colleges are constituted depositories to receive Government publications subject to the depository laws.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1284.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85 (part) (Mar. 1, 1907, ch. 2284, §4, 34 Stat. 1014; June 25, 1938, ch. 708, 52 Stat. 1206; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, 76 Stat. 354).
This section is from the last paragraph of former section 85; the remainder of that section will be found in section 1903 of the revision.
§1907. Libraries of executive departments, service academies, and independent agencies constituted depositories; certifications of need; disposal of unwanted publications
The libraries of the executive departments, of the United States Military Academy, of the United States Naval Academy, of the United States Air Force Academy, of the United States Coast Guard Academy, and of the United States Merchant Marine Academy are designated depositories of Government publications. A depository library within each independent agency may be designated upon certification of need by the head of the independent agency to the Superintendent of Documents. Additional depository libraries within executive departments and independent agencies may be designated to receive Government publications to the extent that the number so designated does not exceed the number of major bureaus or divisions of the departments and independent agencies. These designations may be made only after certification by the head of each executive department or independent agency to the Superintendent of Documents as to the justifiable need for additional depository libraries. Depository libraries within executive departments and independent agencies may dispose of unwanted Government publications after first offering them to the Library of Congress and the Archivist of the United States.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §87 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §98, 28 Stat. 624; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §7, 76 Stat. 355).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Coast Guard, including the authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto, to the Department of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 468(b), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
Archivist of the United States
References to Archivist of the United States deemed to refer to Archivist appointed under section 2103 of this title with respect to functions transferred by Pub. L. 98–497 or an amendment made by Pub. L. 98–497 and exercised after Apr. 1, 1985, see sections 106 and 108 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as notes under section 2102 of this title.
§1908. American Antiquarian Society to receive certain publications
One copy of the public journals of the Senate and of the House of Representatives, and of the documents published under the orders of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, shall be transmitted to the Executive of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the use and benefit of the American Antiquarian Society of the Commonwealth.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §88 (Dec. 1, 1814, No. 7, 3 Stat. 248).
§1909. Requirements of depository libraries; reports on conditions; investigations; termination; replacement
Only a library able to provide custody and service for depository materials and located in an area where it can best serve the public need, and within an area not already adequately served by existing depository libraries may be designated by Senators, Representatives, the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico, the Commissioner of the District of Columbia,1 or the Governors of Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands as a depository of Government publications. The designated depository libraries shall report to the Superintendent of Documents at least every two years concerning their condition.
The Superintendent of Documents shall make firsthand investigation of conditions for which need is indicated and include the results of investigations in his annual report. When he ascertains that the number of books in a depository library is below ten thousand, other than Government publications, or it has ceased to be maintained so as to be accessible to the public, or that the Government publications which have been furnished the library have not been properly maintained, he shall delete the library from the list of depository libraries if the library fails to correct the unsatisfactory conditions within six months. The Representative or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico in whose area the library is located or the Senator who made the designation, or a successor of the Senator, and, in the case of a library in the District of Columbia, the Commissioner of the District of Columbia, and, in the case of a library in Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands, the Governor, shall be notified and shall then be authorized to designate another library within the area served by him, which shall meet the conditions herein required, but which may not be in excess of the number of depository libraries authorized by laws within the State, district, territory, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, as the case may be.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1285.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §86 (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §70, 28 Stat. 612; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §6, 76 Stat. 354).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Office of Commissioner of District of Columbia, as established under Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1967, eff. Nov. 3, 1967 (in part), 32 F.R. 11669, 81 Stat. 948, abolished as of noon Jan. 2, 1975, by Pub. L. 93–198, title VII, §711, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 818, and replaced by office of Mayor of District of Columbia by section 421 of Pub. L. 93–198.
1 See Transfer of Functions note below.
§1910. Designations of replacement depositories; limitations on numbers; conditions
The designation of a library to replace a depository library, other than a depository library specifically designated by law, may be made only within the limitations on total numbers specified by section 1905 of this title, and only when the library to be replaced ceases to exist, or when the library voluntarily relinquishes its depository status, or when the Superintendent of Documents determines that it no longer fulfills the conditions provided by law for depository libraries.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §84 (June 23, 1913, ch. 3, §5, 38 Stat. 75; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §4, 76 Stat. 353).
§1911. Free use of Government publications in depositories; disposal of unwanted publications
Depository libraries shall make Government publications available for the free use of the general public, and may dispose of them after retention for five years under section 1912 of this title, if the depository library is served by a regional depository library. Depository libraries not served by a regional depository library, or that are regional depository libraries themselves, shall retain Government publications permanently in either printed form or in microfacsimile form, except superseded publications or those issued later in bound form which may be discarded as authorized by the Superintendent of Documents.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §92 (part) (Jan. 12, 1895, ch. 23, §74, 28 Stat. 620; June 20, 1936, ch. 630, title VII, §11, 49 Stat. 1552; Aug. 9, 1962, Pub. L. 87–579, §8, 76 Stat. 355).
The first sentence of section 92, is classified to section 1119; the remainder comprises this section of the revision.
§1912. Regional depositories; designation; functions; disposal of publications
Not more than two depository libraries in each State and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be designated as regional depositories, and shall receive from the Superintendent of Documents copies of all new and revised Government publications authorized for distribution to depository libraries. Designation of regional depository libraries may be made by a Senator or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico within the areas served by them, after approval by the head of the library authority of the State or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, as the case may be, who shall first ascertain from the head of the library to be so designated that the library will, in addition to fulfilling the requirements for depository libraries, retain at least one copy of all Government publications either in printed or microfacsimile form (except those authorized to be discarded by the Superintendent of Documents); and within the region served will provide interlibrary loan, reference service, and assistance for depository libraries in the disposal of unwanted Government publications. The agreement to function as a regional depository library shall be transmitted to the Superintendent of Documents by the Senator or the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico when the designation is made.
The libraries designated as regional depositories may permit depository libraries, within the areas served by them, to dispose of Government publications which they have retained for five years after first offering them to other depository libraries within their area, then to other libraries.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §84a (Pub. L. 87–579, §9, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 355.)
§1913. Appropriations for supplying depository libraries; restriction
Appropriations available for the Office of Superintendent of Documents may not be used to supply depository libraries documents, books, or other printed matter not requested by them, and their requests shall be subject to approval by the Superintendent of Documents.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1286.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §85a (June 27, 1956, ch. 453, §101, 70 Stat. 369).
§1914. Implementation of depository library program by Director of the Government Publishing Office
The Director of the Government Publishing Office, with the approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, as provided by section 103 of this title, may use any measures he considers necessary for the economical and practical implementation of this chapter.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §81c (Pub. L. 87–579, §10, Aug. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 356).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in section catchline and text.
§1915. Highest State appellate court libraries as depository libraries
Upon the request of the highest appellate court of a State, the Director of the Government Publishing Office is authorized to designate the library of that court as a depository library. The provisions of section 1911 of this title shall not apply to any library so designated.
(Added Pub. L. 92–368, §1(a), Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 507; amended Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer".
§1916. Designation of libraries of accredited law schools as depository libraries
(a) Upon the request of any accredited law school, the Director of the Government Publishing Office shall designate the library of such law school as a depository library. The Director of the Government Publishing Office may not make such designation unless he determines that the library involved meets the requirements of this chapter, other than those requirements of the first undesignated paragraph of section 1909 of this title which relate to the location of such library.
(b) For purposes of this section, the term "accredited law school" means any law school which is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association approved by the Commissioner of Education for such purpose or accredited by the highest appellate court of the State in which the law school is located.
(Added Pub. L. 95–261, §1, Apr. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 199; amended Pub. L. 113–235, div. H, title I, §1301(c)(1), Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2537.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–235 substituted "Director of the Government Publishing Office" for "Public Printer" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Pub. L. 95–261, §3, Apr. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 199, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [enacting this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1978."
Transfer of Functions
Functions of Commissioner of Education transferred to Secretary of Education pursuant to section 3441(a)(1) of Title 20, Education.
CHAPTER 21—NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Pub. L. 113–187, §3(c)(2), Nov. 26, 2014, 128 Stat. 2008, substituted "Preservation of audio and visual records" for "Preservation of motion-picture films, still pictures, and sound recordings" in item 2114.
2008—Pub. L. 110–404, §4(c), Oct. 13, 2008, 122 Stat. 4283, added item 2120.
2004—Pub. L. 108–383, §5(b), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2219, added item 2119.
1984—Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(c)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2282, amended analysis generally, substituting "National Archives and Records" in chapter heading, adding items 2102 to 2106 and redesignating former items 2103 to 2114 as 2107 to 2118, respectively.
§2101. Definitions
As used in this chapter—
(1) "Presidential archival depository" means an institution operated by the United States to house and preserve the papers and books of a President or former President of the United States, together with other historical materials belonging to a President or former President of the United States, or related to his papers or to the events of his official or personal life, and may include research facilities and museum facilities in accordance with this chapter;
(2) "historical materials" including books, correspondence, documents, papers, pamphlets, works of art, models, pictures, photographs, plats, maps, films, motion pictures, sound recordings, and other objects or materials having historical or commemorative value;
(3) "Archivist" means the Archivist of the United States appointed under section 2103 of this title; and
(4) "Administration" means the National Archives and Records Administration established under section 2102 of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §102(b), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2282; Pub. L. 99–323, §2, May 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 495.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §397(j) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title V, §507, as added Sept. 5, 1950, ch. 849, §6(d), 64 Stat. 583, and amended July 12, 1962, ch. 703, §1(o), (p), 66 Stat. 594; July 12, 1955, ch. 329, 69 Stat. 297; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 859, 69 Stat. 695; July 3, 1956, ch. 513, §4, 70 Stat. 494; June 13, 1957, Pub. L. 85–51, 71 Stat. 69; Mar. 15, 1958, Pub. L. 85–341, §1(1), 72 Stat. 34).
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1986—Par. (1). Pub. L. 99–323 inserted ", and may include research facilities and museum facilities in accordance with this chapter" after "or personal life".
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted "this chapter" for "sections 2103–2113 of this title", designated two existing paragraphs as pars. (1) and (2), respectively, and added pars. (3) and (4).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–497 effective Apr. 1, 1985, see section 301 of Pub. L. 98–497, set out as a note under section 2102 of this title.
§2102. Establishment
There shall be an independent establishment in the executive branch of the Government to be known as the National Archives and Records Administration. The Administration shall be administered under the supervision and direction of the Archivist.
(Pub. L. 90–620, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 98–497, title I, §101, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2280.)
Historical and Revision Notes
Based on 44 U.S. Code, 1964 ed., §391(a) (June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 381).
This section incorporates only the last sentence of paragraph (a) of former section 391. The balance of that section will be found in sections 1506, 2301, 2501, and 2902 of the revision.
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–497 substituted provisions directing that there shall be an independent establishment in the executive branch of the Government to be known as the National Archives and Records Administration and that the Administration shall be administered under the supervision and direction of the Archivist for provisions which had formerly directed only that the Administrator of General Services appoint the Archivist of the United States.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–497, title III, §301, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2295, provided that: "The provisions of this Act [enacting sections 2103 to 2106 of this title and provisions set out as notes under this section and section 101 of this title, redesignating existing sections 2103 to 2114 as sections 2107 to 2118 of this title, amending this section, sections 710, 711, 729, 1501 to 1503, 1506, 1714, 2101, 2107 to 2118, 2204, 2205, 2301 to 2305, 2307, 2501, 2504, 2506, 2901 to 2909, 3102 to 3106, 3302 to 3303a, 3308, 3310, 3311, 3504, and 3513 of this title, provisions set out as a note under section 2111 of this title, sections 106a, 106b, 112, 113, and 201 of Title 1, General Provisions, sections 6 and 11 to 13 of Title 3, The President, sections 141 to 145 of Title 4, Flag and Seal, Seat of Government, and the States, sections 552a and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 199a of Title 25, Indians, and repealing secti